tm2124484-2_424b2 - none

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2)

Registration No. 333-239775

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated July 9, 2020)

$400,000,000

Owl Rock Capital Corporation

2.875% Notes Due 2028

We are offering $400,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 2.875% notes due 2028, which we refer to as the Notes. The Notes will mature on June 11, 2028. We will pay interest on the Notes on June 11 and December 11 of each year, beginning December 11, 2021. The Notes offered hereby are a further issuance of the 2.875% notes due 2028 that we issued on June 11, 2021 in the aggregate amount of $450,000,000 (the “existing 2028 Notes”). The Notes offered hereby will be treated as a single series with the existing 2028 Notes under the indenture and will have the same terms as the existing 2028 Notes (except the issue date and offering price). The Notes offered hereby will have the same CUSIP number and will be fungible and rank equally with the existing 2028 Notes. Upon the issuance of the Notes offered hereby, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of our 2.875% notes due 2028 will be $850,000,000. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to the “Notes” or the “2028 Notes” include the Notes offered hereby and the existing 2028 Notes.

We may redeem the Notes in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the redemption price discussed under the caption “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption” in this prospectus supplement. In addition, holders of the Notes can require us to repurchase the Notes at 100% of their principal amount upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event (as defined herein). The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Notes will be our direct unsecured obligation and rank pari passu, or equal in right of payment, with all outstanding and future unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness issued by us. As of June 30, 2021, we had approximately $6.5 billion of debt outstanding of which $3.9 billion was unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and $2. 6 billion was indebtedness secured by our assets or assets of our subsidiaries, and, therefore, will be effectively and/or structurally senior to the Notes.

We are a specialty finance company focused on lending to U.S. middle market companies. We define “middle market companies” to generally mean companies with earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) between $10 million and $250 million annually, and/or annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and syndicated loan markets.

We invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity and equity-related securities including warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. The debt in which we invest typically is not rated by any rating agency, but if these instruments were rated, they would likely receive a rating of below investment grade (that is, below BBB- or Baa3), which is often referred to as “high yield” or “junk.” Our investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. While we believe that current market conditions favor extending credit to middle market companies in the United States, our investment strategy is intended to generate favorable returns across credit cycles with an emphasis on preserving capital.

We are an externally managed, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). We have elected to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a BDC and a RIC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements.

Investing in the Notes involves risks, including the risk of leverage, that are described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page S-20 of this prospectus supplement and page 29 of the accompanying prospectus.

This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain important information you should know before investing in the Notes. Please read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein before investing and keep it for future reference. We also file periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). This information is available free of charge by contacting us at 399 Park Avenue, 38th floor, New York, NY 10022, calling us at (212) 419-3000 or visiting our corporate website located at www.owlrockcapitalcorporation.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into or a part of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains this information.

THE NOTES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus supplement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

	Per Note		Total
Public offering price(1)		99.899%		$	399,596,000
Sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions) paid by us		1.000%		$	4,000,000
Proceeds to us, before expenses(2)		98.899%		$	395,596,000

(1)

The public offering price set forth above does not include accrued interest of $2,108,333.33 in the aggregate from June 11, 2021 up to, but not including, the date of delivery, which will be paid by the purchasers of the Notes offered hereby. On December 11, 2021, we will pay the pre-issuance accrued interest to the holders of the Notes offered hereby as of the applicable record date along with interest accrued on the Notes offered hereby from the date of delivery to such interest payment date.

(2)

We estimate that we will incur offering expenses of approximately $850,000.

Delivery of the Notes in book-entry form only through the Depository Trust Company on or about August 17, 2021.

Joint Book-Running Managers

BofA Securities

ING

MUFG

SMBC Nikko

Truist Securities

J.P. Morgan

RBC Capital Markets

SOCIETE GENERALE

Co-Managers

Compass Point

ICBC Standard Bank

JMP Securities

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

A Stifel Company

Ladenburg Thalmann

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

PNC Capital Markets LLC

Raymond James

R. Seelaus & Co., LLC

Seaport Global Securities

Wells Fargo Securities

The date of this prospectus supplement is August 10, 2021.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to give you any information other than in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, any free writing prospectus, or any information that we have incorporated by reference herein or therein and we take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is accurate only as of the date on their respective front covers. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. We will update these documents to reflect material changes only as required by law. This prospectus supplement supersedes the accompanying prospectus to the extent it contains information different from or additional to the information in that prospectus.

This document is in two parts. The first part is this prospectus supplement, which describes the terms of this offering and also adds to and updates information contained in the accompanying prospectus. The second part is the accompanying prospectus, which gives more general information and disclosure. To the extent the information contained in this prospectus supplement differs from the information contained in the accompanying prospectus, the information in this prospectus supplement shall control. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, together with any documents incorporated by reference herein and therein, include all material information relating to the applicable offering. Please carefully read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, together with any documents incorporated by reference herein and therein, any exhibits and the additional information described under the headings “Incorporation of Certain Information By Reference,” “Prospectus Summary” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, “Available Information” in the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated herein and therein before you make an investment decision.

This prospectus supplement includes summaries of certain provisions contained in some of the documents described in this prospectus supplement, but reference is made to the actual documents for complete information. All of the summaries are qualified in their entirety by the actual documents. Copies of some of the documents referred to herein have been filed, will be filed, or will be incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus supplement is a part, and you may obtain copies of those documents as described in the section titled “Available Information” in the accompanying prospectus.

S-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and the information incorporated by reference herein and therein. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider before investing in the Notes. You should read this entire document and the other information incorporated by reference herein before investing in the Notes. Throughout this prospectus supplement we refer to Owl Rock Capital Corporation as “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company,” and to “Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC,” our investment adviser, as “Owl Rock Capital Advisors,” “ORCA” or the “Adviser.”

Owl Rock Capital Corporation

We were formed on October 15, 2015 as a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland. We are a specialty finance company focused on lending to U.S. middle-market companies. Since we began investment activities in April 2016 through June 30, 2021, our Adviser and its affiliates have originated approximately $34.8 billion aggregate principal amount of investments, of which approximately $32.8 billion of aggregate principal amount of investments, prior to any subsequent exits or repayments, was retained by either us or a corporation or fund advised by our Adviser or its affiliates. Our capital will be used by our portfolio companies to support growth, acquisitions, market or product expansion, refinancings and/or recapitalizations.

On July 22, 2019, we closed our initial public offering, issuing 10 million shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $15.30 per share, and on August 2, 2019, the underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 1.5 million shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $15.30 per share. Net of underwriting fees and offering costs, we received total cash proceeds of $164.0 million. Our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ORCC” on July 18, 2019.

We define “middle market companies” to generally mean companies with EBITDA between $10 million and $250 million annually, and/or annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and syndicated loan markets. We generally invest in companies with a low loan-to-value ratio, which we consider to be 50% or below. Our target credit investments will typically have maturities between three and ten years and generally range in size between $20 million and $250 million. The investment size will vary with the size of our capital base. The debt in which we invest typically is not rated by any rating agency, but if these instruments were rated, they would likely receive a rating of below investment grade (that is, below BBB- or Baa3), which is often referred to as “high yield” or “junk.” As of June 30, 2021, our average debt investment size in each of our portfolio companies was approximately $90.5 million based on fair value. As of June 30, 2021, our portfolio companies, excluding the investment in ORCC Senior Loan Fund LLC (fka Sebago Lake LLC) (“ORCC SLF”), a joint venture between us and Nationwide Life Insurance Company, and certain investments that fall outside of our typical borrower profile, represented 90.2% of our total portfolio based on fair value, had weighted average annual revenue of $482 million and weighted average annual EBITDA of $106 million.

We invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity and equity-related securities including warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. Our investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. While we believe that current market conditions favor extending credit to middle market companies in the United States, our investment strategy is intended to generate favorable returns across credit cycles with an emphasis on preserving capital.

We are an externally managed, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We have elected to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, as a RIC under the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a BDC and a RIC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. As a BDC, at least 70% of our assets must be assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act. We will not invest more than 20% of our total assets in companies whose principal place of business is outside the United States. See “Business — Regulation as a Business

S-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Development Company” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in the accompanying prospectus.

We generally intend to distribute, out of assets legally available for distribution, substantially all of our available earnings, on a quarterly basis, as determined by our board of directors (the “Board”) in its sole discretion.

To achieve our investment objective, we will leverage the Adviser’s investment team’s extensive network of relationships with other sophisticated institutions to source, evaluate and, as appropriate, partner with on transactions. There are no assurances that we will achieve our investment objective.

As of June 30, 2021, we had in place the Revolving Credit Facility, three special purpose vehicle asset credit facilities (the “SPV Asset Facility II,” the “SPV Asset Facility III,” and the “SPV Asset Facility IV,” respectively), and six term debt securitization transactions (“CLO I,” “CLO II,” “CLO III,” “CLO IV”, “CLO V” and “CLO VI”), also known as collateralized loan obligations, and in the future may enter into additional credit facilities or other financing arrangements. In addition, as of June 30, 2021, we had issued unsecured notes maturing in June 2023 (the “2023 Notes”), in a private placement, and unsecured notes maturing in April 2024 (the “2024 Notes”), March 2025 (the “2025 Notes”), July 2025 (the “July 2025 Notes”), January 2026 (the “2026 Notes”), July 2026 (the “July 2026 Notes”), June 2027 (the “June 2027 Notes”) and the existing 2028 Notes in registered offerings and in the future may issue additional unsecured notes. We expect to use our credit facilities and other borrowings, along with proceeds from the rotation of our portfolio, to finance our investment objectives. See “Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Debt” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Debt” in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2021.

Investment Portfolio

As of June 30, 2021, we had investments in 129 portfolio companies with an aggregate fair value of $11.9 billion. As of June 30, 2021, based on fair value, our portfolio consisted of 76.2% first lien senior secured debt investments (of which 39% were consider to be unitranche debt investments (including “last out” portions of such loans)), 16.5% second lien senior secured debt investments, 1.6% unsecured investments, 1.5% preferred equity investments, 2.8% common equity investments and 1.4% investment funds and vehicles. As of June 30, 2021, 99.9% of our debt investments based on fair value were floating rate in nature and subject to interest rate floors.

As of June 30, 2021, our portfolio was invested across 29 different industries. The largest industry in our portfolio as of June 30, 2021 was internet software and services, which represented, as a percentage of our portfolio, 10.5% based on fair value.

As of June 30, 2021, our weighted average total yield of the portfolio at fair value and amortized cost was 8.1% and 8.0%, respectively, and our weighted average yield of accruing debt and income producing securities at fair value and amortized cost was 8.3% and 8.2%, respectively.

As of June 30, 2021, our portfolio companies, excluding the investment in ORCC SLF and certain investments that fall outside of our typical borrower profile, represented 90.2% of our total portfolio based on fair value, had weighted average annual revenue of $482 million and weighted average annual EBITDA of $106 million.

S-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate Structure

Our portfolio is subject to diversification and other requirements because we have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act and as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We made our BDC election on March 3, 2016. We intend to maintain these elections. See “Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 for more information on these requirements.

On April 27, 2016, we formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, OR Lending LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which holds a California finance lenders license. OR Lending LLC originates loans to borrowers headquartered in California. From time to time we may form wholly-owned subsidiaries to facilitate our normal course of business.

The following chart depicts our structure:

[MISSING IMAGE: tm2024072d6-fc_owlrockbw.jpg]

(1)

From time to time we may form wholly-owned subsidiaries to facilitate the normal course of business.

The Adviser — Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC

The Adviser serves as our investment adviser pursuant to an amended and restated investment advisory agreement between us and the Adviser (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”). See our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 20, 2021. The Adviser also serves as our Administrator pursuant to an amended and restated administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”). The Adviser is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). See our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 20, 2021. The Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Blue Owl, Inc. (NYSE: OWL) (‘‘Blue Owl’’) and part of Owl Rock, a division of Blue Owl focused on direct lending. Blue Owl is a leading alternative asset management firm that offers differentiated capital solutions through Owl Rock, its direct lending business, and Dyal, its GP Capital Solutions business, which focuses on providing capital solutions to alternative investment managers.

The Owl Rock Division of Blue Owl is comprised of the Adviser, Owl Rock Technology Advisors LLC (“ORTA”), Owl Rock Diversified Advisors LLC (“ORDA”) and Owl Rock Private Fund Advisors LLC (“ORPFA”) and together with the Adviser, ORCA and ORDA, the “Owl Rock Advisers”), and is led by its three co-founders, Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer. The Adviser’s investment team (the “Investment Team”) is also led by Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer and is supported by certain members of the Adviser’s senior executive team and the investment committee (the “Investment Committee”). The Investment Committee is comprised of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer, Alexis Maged and, effective September 1, 2021, Jeff Walwyn. Subject to the

S-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser manages our day-to-day operations, and provides investment advisory and management services to us.

As of June 30, 2021, the Owl Rock Advisers managed $31.2 billion in assets under management. The Owl Rock Advisers focus on direct lending to middle market companies primarily in the United States under the following four investment strategies:

Strategy	Funds	Asset Under Management
Diversified Lending. The Owl Rock Advisers primarily originate and make loans to, and make debt and equity investments in, U.S. middle market companies. The Owl Rock Advisers invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity and equity-related securities including warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. The investment objective of the funds with this investment strategy is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.	The diversified lending strategy is currently managed through four BDCs and a separately managed account: the Company, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II (“ORCC II”), Owl Rock Capital Corporation III (“ORCC III”), Owl Rock Core Income Corp. (“ORCIC”) and the Diversified Lending Managed Account.	As of June 30, 2021, the Owl Rock Advisers have $19.8 billion of assets under management across these products.
Technology Lending. The Owl Rock Advisers are focused primarily on originating and making debt and equity investments in technology-related companies based primarily in the United States. The Owl Rock Advisers originate and invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans, and equity-related securities including common equity, warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. The investment objective of the funds with this investment strategy is to maximize total return by generating current income from debt investments and other income producing securities, and capital appreciation from our equity and equity-linked investments.	The technology lending strategy is managed through Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. (“ORTF” and together with the Company, ORCC II, ORCC III and ORCIC, the “Owl Rock BDCs”), a BDC.	As of June 30, 2021, the Owl Rock Advisers have $6.2 billion of assets under management across these products.

S-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Strategy	Funds	Asset Under Management
First Lien Lending. The Owl Rock Advisers seek to realize significant current income with an emphasis on preservation of capital primarily through originating primary transactions in and, to a lesser extent, secondary transactions of first lien senior secured loans in or related to middle market businesses based primarily in the United States.	The first lien lending strategy is managed through a private fund and separately managed accounts (the “First Lien Funds”).	As of June 30, 2021, the Owl Rock Advisers have $3.2 billion of assets under management across these products.
Opportunistic Lending. The Owl Rock Advisers intend to make opportunistic investments in U.S. middle-market companies by providing a variety of approaches to financing, including but not limited to originating and/or investing in secured debt, unsecured debt, mezzanine debt, other subordinated debt, interests senior to common equity, as well as equity securities (or rights to acquire equity securities) which may or may not be acquired in connection with a debt financing transaction, and doing any and all things necessary, convenient or incidental thereto as necessary or desirable to promote and carry out such purpose. The funds with this investment strategy seek to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns by taking advantage of credit opportunities in U.S. middle-market companies with liquidity needs and market leaders seeking to improve their balance sheets.	The opportunistic lending strategy is managed through a private fund and separately managed accounts (the “Opportunistic Lending Funds” and together with the First Lien Funds and the Diversified Lending Managed Account, the “Owl Rock Private Funds”).	As of June 30, 2021, the Owl Rock Advisers have $1.9 billion of assets under management across these products.

We refer to the Owl Rock BDCs and the Owl Rock Private Funds, as the “Owl Rock Clients.”

In addition to the Owl Rock Clients, the Adviser and its affiliates may provide management or investment advisory services to entities that have overlapping objectives with us. The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to us and others. In order to address these conflicts, the Owl Rock Advisers have put in place an allocation policy that addresses the allocation of investment opportunities as well as co-investment restrictions under the 1940 Act.

In addition, we, the Adviser and certain of its affiliates have been granted exemptive relief by the SEC to co-invest with other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. See “— Exemptive Relief.”

The Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees. These activities may lead our Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting on its own account. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related

S-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to our Adviser and its Affiliates — The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for issuers in which we invest” in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2021.

Market Trends

We believe the middle-market lending environment provides opportunities for us to meet our goal of making investments that generate attractive risk-adjusted returns based on a combination of the following factors, which continue to remain true in the current environment, with the economic shutdown resulting from the COVID-19 national health emergency.

Limited Availability of Capital for Middle-Market Companies. We believe that regulatory and structural changes in the market have reduced the amount of capital available to U.S. middle-market companies. In particular, we believe there are currently fewer providers of capital to middle market companies. We believe that many commercial and investment banks have, in recent years, de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle-market businesses in favor of lending to large corporate clients and managing capital markets transactions. In addition, these lenders may be constrained in their ability to underwrite and hold bank loans and high yield securities for middle-market issuers as they seek to meet existing and future regulatory capital requirements. We also believe that there is a lack of market participants that are willing to hold meaningful amounts of certain middle-market loans. As a result, we believe our ability to minimize syndication risk for a company seeking financing by being able to hold its loans without having to syndicate them, coupled with reduced capacity of traditional lenders to serve the middle-market, present an attractive opportunity to invest in middle-market companies.

Capital Markets Have Been Unable to Fill the Void in U.S. Middle Market Finance Left by Banks. While underwritten bond and syndicated loan markets have been robust in recent years, middle market companies are less able to access these markets for reasons including the following:

High Yield Market — Middle market companies generally are not issuing debt in an amount large enough to be an attractively sized bond. High yield bonds are generally purchased by institutional investors who, among other things, are focused on the liquidity characteristics of the bond being issued. For example, mutual funds and exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) are significant buyers of underwritten bonds. However, mutual funds and ETFs generally require the ability to liquidate their investments quickly in order to fund investor redemptions and/or comply with regulatory requirements. Accordingly, the existence of an active secondary market for bonds is an important consideration in these entities’ initial investment decision. Because there is typically little or no active secondary market for the debt of U.S. middle market companies, mutual funds and ETFs generally do not provide debt capital to U.S. middle market companies. We believe this is likely to be a persistent problem and creates an advantage for those like us who have a more stable capital base and have the ability to invest in illiquid assets.

Syndicated Loan Market — While the syndicated loan market is modestly more accommodating to middle market issuers, as with bonds, loan issue size and liquidity are key drivers of institutional appetite and, correspondingly, underwriters’ willingness to underwrite the loans. Loans arranged through a bank are done either on a “best efforts” basis or are underwritten with terms plus provisions that permit the underwriters to change certain terms, including pricing, structure, yield and tenor, otherwise known as “flex”, to successfully syndicate the loan, in the event the terms initially marketed are insufficiently attractive to investors. Furthermore, banks are generally reluctant to underwrite middle market loans because the arrangement fees they may earn on the placement of the debt generally are not sufficient to meet the banks’ return hurdles. Loans provided by companies such as ours provide certainty to issuers in that we can commit to a given amount of debt on specific terms, at stated coupons and with agreed upon fees. As we are the ultimate holder of the loans, we do not require market “flex” or other arrangements that banks may require when acting on an agency basis.

S-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to drive deal activity. We expect that private equity sponsors will continue to pursue acquisitions and leverage their equity investments with secured loans provided by companies such as us.

The Middle Market is a Large Addressable Market. According to GE Capital’s National Center for the Middle Market 4th quarter 2020 Middle Market Indicator, there are approximately 200,000 U.S. middle market companies, which have approximately 48 million aggregate employees. Moreover, the U.S. middle market accounts for one-third of private sector gross domestic product. GE defines U.S. middle market companies as those between $10 million and $1 billion in annual revenue, which we believe has significant overlap with our definition of U.S. middle market companies.

Attractive Investment Dynamics. An imbalance between the supply of, and demand for, middle market debt capital creates attractive pricing dynamics. We believe the directly negotiated nature of middle market financings also generally provides more favorable terms to the lender, including stronger covenant and reporting packages, better call protection, and lender-protective change of control provisions. Additionally, we believe BDC managers’ expertise in credit selection and ability to manage through credit cycles has generally resulted in BDCs experiencing lower loss rates than U.S. commercial banks through credit cycles. Further, we believe that historical middle market default rates have been lower, and recovery rates have been higher, as compared to the larger market capitalization, broadly distributed market, leading to lower cumulative losses. Lastly, we believe that in the current environment, as the economy reopens following the economic shutdown resulting from the COVID-19 national health emergency, lenders with available capital may be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities as the economy reopens and may be able to achieve improved economic spreads and documentation terms.

Conservative Capital Structures. Following the credit crisis, which we define broadly as occurring between mid-2007 and mid-2009, lenders have generally required borrowers to maintain more equity as a percentage of their total capitalization, specifically to protect lenders during economic downturns. With more conservative capital structures, U.S. middle market companies have exhibited higher levels of cash flows available to service their debt. In addition, U.S. middle market companies often are characterized by simpler capital structures than larger borrowers, which facilitates a streamlined underwriting process and, when necessary, restructuring process.

Attractive Opportunities in Investments in Loans. We invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity and equity-related securities. We believe that opportunities in senior secured loans are significant because of the floating rate structure of most senior secured debt issuances and because of the strong defensive characteristics of these types of investments. Given the current low interest rate environment, we believe that debt issues with floating interest rates offer a superior return profile as compared with fixed-rate investments, since floating rate structures are generally less susceptible to declines in value experienced by fixed-rate securities in a rising interest rate environment. Senior secured debt also provides strong defensive characteristics. Senior secured debt has priority in payment among an issuer’s security holders whereby holders are due to receive payment before junior creditors and equity holders. Further, these investments are secured by the issuer’s assets, which may provide protection in the event of a default.

Potential Competitive Advantages

We believe that the Adviser’s disciplined approach to origination, fundamental credit analysis, portfolio construction and risk management should allow us to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns while preserving our capital. We believe that we represent an attractive investment opportunity for the following reasons:

Experienced Team with Expertise Across all Levels of the Corporate Capital Structure. The members of the Investment Committee have over 25 years of experience in private lending and investing at all levels of a company’s capital structure, particularly in high yield securities, leveraged loans, high yield credit derivatives and distressed securities, as well as experience in operations, corporate finance and mergers and acquisitions. The members of the Investment Committee have diverse backgrounds with investing experience through multiple business and credit cycles. Moreover, certain members of the Investment Committee and other executives and employees of the Adviser and its affiliates have operating and/or investing experience on behalf of business development companies. We believe this experience provides the Adviser with an in-depth understanding of the strategic, financial and operational challenges and opportunities of middle

S-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

market companies and will afford it numerous tools to manage risk while preserving the opportunity for attractive risk-adjusted returns on our investments.

Distinctive Origination Platform. To date, a substantial majority of our investments have been sourced directly. We believe that our origination platform provides us the ability to originate investments without the assistance of investment banks or other traditional Wall Street intermediaries. The Investment Team is responsible for originating, underwriting, executing and managing the assets of our direct lending transactions and for sourcing and executing opportunities directly. The Investment Team has significant experience as transaction originators and building and maintaining strong relationships with private equity sponsors and companies.

The Investment Team also maintains direct contact with banks, corporate advisory firms, industry consultants, attorneys, investment banks, “club” investors and other potential sources of lending opportunities. We believe our Adviser’s ability to source through multiple channels allows us to generate investment opportunities that have more attractive risk-adjusted return characteristics than by relying solely on origination flow from investment banks or other intermediaries and to be more selective investors. In addition, as a result of the formation of Blue Owl, we believe that we will benefit from (i) the potential for enhanced investment sourcing capabilities as a result of the combination of the Adviser’s and Dyal’s relationships with the alternative asset management community, (ii) increased opportunities for the Adviser to utilize its resources and its relationships with the financial sponsor community and service providers and an increased pipeline of deal opportunities, (iii) attendant benefits to the investing process, including enhanced resources available for our investment activity, and (iv) the enhanced ability for the Adviser to attract and retain highly talented professionals, each at no additional cost to us.

Since its inception through June 30, 2021, our Adviser and its affiliates have reviewed over 5,800 opportunities and have sourced potential investment opportunities from over 570 private equity sponsors and venture capital firms. We believe that our Adviser receives “early looks” and “last looks” based on its relationships, allowing it to be highly selective in the transactions it pursues.

Potential Long-Term Investment Horizon. We believe our potential long-term investment horizon gives us flexibility, allowing us to maximize returns on our investments. We invest using a long-term focus, which we believe provides us with the opportunity to increase total returns on invested capital, as compared to other private company investment vehicles or investment vehicles with daily liquidity requirements (e.g., open-ended mutual funds and ETFs).

Defensive, Income-Orientated Investment Philosophy. Our Adviser employs a defensive investment approach focused on long-term credit performance and principal protection. This investment approach involves a multi-stage selection process for each investment opportunity as well as ongoing monitoring of each investment made, with particular emphasis on early detection of credit deterioration. This strategy is designed to minimize potential losses and achieve attractive risk adjusted returns.

Active Portfolio Monitoring. Our Adviser closely monitors the investments in our portfolio and takes a proactive approach to identifying and addressing sector- or company-specific risks. Our Adviser receives and reviews detailed financial information from portfolio companies no less than quarterly and seeks to maintain regular dialogue with portfolio company management teams regarding current and forecasted performance. In addition, our Adviser has built out its portfolio management team to include workout experts who closely monitor our portfolio companies and assess each portfolio company’s operational and liquidity exposure and outlook. Although we may invest in “covenant-lite” loans, which generally do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants, we anticipate that many of our investments will have financial covenants that we believe will provide an early warning of potential problems facing our borrowers, allowing lenders, including us, to identify and carefully manage risk.

Further, we anticipate that many of our equity investments will provide us the opportunity to nominate a member or observer to our Board of the portfolio company, which we believe will allow us to closely monitor the performance of our portfolio companies.

Structure of Investments

Our investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

S-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We expect that generally our portfolio composition will be majority debt or income producing securities, which may include “covenant-lite” loans, with a lesser allocation to equity or equity-linked opportunities. In addition, we may invest a portion of our portfolio in opportunistic investments, which will not be our primary focus, but will be intended to enhance returns to our shareholders. These investments may include high-yield bonds and broadly-syndicated loans. Our portfolio composition may fluctuate from time to time based on market conditions and interest rates.

Covenants are contractual restrictions that lenders place on companies to limit the corporate actions a company may pursue. Generally, the loans in which we expect to invest will have financial maintenance covenants, which are used to proactively address materially adverse changes in a portfolio company’s financial performance. However, to a lesser extent, we may invest in “covenant-lite” loans. We use the term “covenant-lite” to refer generally to loans that do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants. Generally, “covenant-lite” loans provide borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders because their covenants are incurrence-based, which means they are only tested and can only be breached following an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, to the extent we invest in “covenant-lite” loans, we may have fewer rights against a borrower and may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants.

Debt Investments. The terms of our debt investments are tailored to the facts and circumstances of each transaction. Our Adviser negotiates the structure of each investment to protect our rights and manage our risk. We intend to invest in the following types of debt:

•

First-lien debt. First-lien debt typically is senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a first-priority security interest in assets of the issuer. The security interest ranks above the security interest of any second-lien lenders in those assets. Our first-lien debt may include stand-alone first-lien loans, “unitranche” loans (including “last out” portions of such loans), and secured corporate bonds with similar features to these categories of first-lien loans.

•

Stand-alone first lien loans. Stand-alone first-lien loans are traditional first-lien loans. All lenders in the facility have equal rights to the collateral that is subject to the first-priority security interest.

•

Unitranche loans. Unitranche loans (including “last out” portions of such loans) combine features of first-lien, second-lien and mezzanine debt, generally in a first-lien position. In many cases, we may provide the issuer most, if not all, of the capital structure above their equity. The primary advantages to the issuer are the ability to negotiate the entire debt financing with one lender and the elimination of intercreditor issues. “Last out” first-lien loans have a secondary priority behind super-senior “first out” first-lien loans in the collateral securing the loans in certain circumstances. The arrangements for a “last out” first-lien loan are set forth in an “agreement among lenders,” which provides lenders with “first out” and “last out” payment streams based on a single lien on the collateral. Since the “first out” lenders generally have priority over the “last out” lenders for receiving payment under certain specified events of default, or upon the occurrence of other triggering events under intercreditor agreements or agreements among lenders, the “last out” lenders bear a greater risk and, in exchange, receive a higher effective interest rate, through arrangements among the lenders, than the “first out” lenders or lenders in stand-alone first-lien loans. Agreements among lenders also typically provide greater voting rights to the “last out” lenders than the intercreditor agreements to which second-lien lenders often are subject. Among the types of first-lien debt in which we may invest, “last out” first-lien loans generally have higher effective interest rates than other types of first-lien loans, since “last out” first-lien loans rank below standalone first-lien loans.

•

Second-lien debt. Our second-lien debt may include secured loans, and, to a lesser extent, secured corporate bonds, with a secondary priority behind first-lien debt. Second-lien debt typically is senior on a lien basis to unsecured liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a security interest over assets of the issuer, though ranks junior to first-lien debt secured by those assets. First-lien lenders and second-lien lenders typically have separate liens on the collateral, and an intercreditor agreement provides the first-lien lenders with priority over the second-lien lenders’ liens on the collateral.

S-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Mezzanine debt. Structurally, mezzanine debt usually ranks subordinate in priority of payment to first-lien and second-lien debt, is often unsecured, and may not have the benefit of financial covenants common in first-lien and second-lien debt. However, mezzanine debt ranks senior to common and preferred equity in an issuer’s capital structure. Mezzanine debt investments generally offer lenders fixed returns in the form of interest payments, which could be paid in-kind, and may provide lenders an opportunity to participate in the capital appreciation, if any, of an issuer through an equity interest. This equity interest typically takes the form of an equity co-investment or warrants. Due to its higher risk profile and often less restrictive covenants compared to senior secured loans, mezzanine debt generally bears a higher stated interest rate than first-lien and second-lien debt.

Our debt investments are typically structured with the maximum seniority and collateral that we can reasonably obtain while seeking to achieve our total return target. Our Adviser seeks to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

•

requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk;

•

negotiating covenants in connection with our investments consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative covenants (including reporting requirements), negative covenants (including financial covenants), lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation rights or rights to a seat on the board under some circumstances; and

•

including debt amortization requirements, where appropriate, to require the timely repayment of principal of the loan, as well as appropriate maturity dates.

Within our portfolio, our Adviser aims to maintain the appropriate proportion among the various types of first-lien loans, as well as second-lien debt and mezzanine debt, to allow us to achieve our target returns while maintaining our targeted amount of credit risk.

Equity Investments. Our investment in a portfolio company could be or may include an equity or equity linked interest, such as a warrant or profit participation right. In certain instances, we will make direct equity investments, although those situations are generally limited to those cases where we are also making an investment in a more senior part of the capital structure of the issuer.

Conflicts of Interests

We have entered into both the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement with the Adviser. See our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 20, 2021. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay the Adviser a base management fee and an incentive fee. See “Business — Investment Advisory Agreement” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 for a description of how the fees payable to the Adviser will be determined. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, we reimburse the Adviser for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations. See “Business — Administration Agreement” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 for a description of services for which we reimburse to the Adviser. In addition, the Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees.

Our executive officers, certain of our directors and certain other finance professionals of Blue Owl also serve as executives of the Owl Rock Advisers and certain of our officers and directors and professionals of Owl Rock and the Owl Rock Advisers are officers of Blue Owl Securities LLC and Blue Owl. In addition, our executive officers and directors and the members of the Adviser and members of its investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same, or a related, line of business as we do (including the Owl Rock Advisers) including serving on their respective investment committees and/or on the investment committees of investments funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by our affiliates which may have investment objectives similar to our investment objective. At times we may compete with the Owl Rock Clients and the private funds managed by Dyal, a division of Blue Owl (the ‘‘Dyal Clients,’’ and together with the Owl Rock Clients, the ‘‘Blue Owl Clients’’) for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments

S-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

made by the Blue Owl Clients. This can create a potential conflict when allocating investment opportunities among us and such other Blue Owl Clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of the Owl Rock Advisers may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients and affiliates due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act. However, in order for the Adviser and its affiliates to fulfill their fiduciary duties to each of their clients, the Owl Rock Advisers have put in place an investment allocation policy that seeks to ensure the fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities over time and addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act.

Allocation of Investment Opportunities

The Owl Rock Advisers intend to allocate investment opportunities in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and is consistent with its allocation policy, so that no client of the Adviser or its affiliates is disadvantaged in relation to any other client of the Adviser or its affiliates, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments, cash on hand, existing commitments and reserves, the investment programs and portfolio positions of the participating investment accounts, the clients for which participation is appropriate, targeted leverage level, targeted asset mix and any other factors deemed appropriate. The Owl Rock Advisers intend to allocate common expenses among us and other clients of the Adviser and its affiliates in a manner that is fair and equitable over time or in such other manner as may be required by applicable law or the Investment Advisory Agreement. Fees and expenses generated in connection with potential portfolio investments that are not consummated will be allocated in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and in accordance with policies adopted by the Owl Rock Advisers and the Investment Advisory Agreement.

The Owl Rock Advisers have put in place an investment allocation policy that seeks to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities and addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act. When we engage in co-investments as permitted by the exemptive relief described below, we will do so in a manner consistent with the Owl Rock Advisers’ allocation policy. In situations where co-investment with other entities managed by the Adviser or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, a committee comprised of certain executive officers of the Owl Rock Advisers (including executive officers of the Adviser) along with other officers and employees, will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. The allocation committee will make these determinations based on the Owl Rock Advisers’ allocation policy, which generally requires that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts in a manner that will be fair and equitable over time.

The Owl Rock Advisers’ allocation policy is designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between the Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to us and its or its affiliates’ similar fiduciary obligations to the Owl Rock Clients; however, there can be no assurance that the Owl Rock Advisers’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to us. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in our favor.

S-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the investment fund or account; the available capital of the investment fund or account; diversification requirements for BDCs or RICs; the gross asset value and net asset value of the investment fund or account; the current and targeted leverage levels for the investment fund or account; and portfolio construction considerations. The relevance of each of these criteria will vary from investment opportunity to investment opportunity. In circumstances where the investment objectives of multiple investment funds or accounts regularly overlap, while the specific facts and circumstances of each allocation decision will be determinative, the Owl Rock Advisers may afford prior decisions precedential value.

Pursuant to the Owl Rock Advisers’ allocation policy, if through the foregoing analysis, it is determined that an investment opportunity is appropriate for multiple investment funds or accounts, the Owl Rock Advisers generally will determine the appropriate size of the opportunity for each such investment fund or account. If an investment opportunity falls within the mandate of two or more investment funds or accounts, and there are no restrictions on such funds or accounts investing with each other, then each investment fund or account will receive the amount of the investment that it is seeking, as determined based on the criteria set forth above. Certain allocations may be more advantageous to us relative to one or all of the other investment funds, or vice versa. While the Owl Rock Advisers will seek to allocate investment opportunities in a way that it believes in good faith is fair and equitable over time, there can be no assurance that our actual allocation of an investment opportunity, if any, or terms on which the allocation is made, will be as favorable as they would be if the conflicts of interest to which the Adviser may be subject did not exist.

Exemptive Relief

We, the Adviser and certain of its affiliates have been granted exemptive relief by the SEC to co-invest with other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally are permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing and (4) the proposed investment by us would not benefit our Adviser or its affiliates or any affiliated person of any of them (other than the parties to the transaction), except to the extent permitted by the exemptive relief and applicable law, including the limitations set forth in Section 57(k) of the 1940 Act. See “Business — Affiliated Transactions” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

In addition, pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC on April 8, 2020 and applicable to all BDCs, through December 31, 2020, we were permitted, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in our existing portfolio companies with certain other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates and covered by our exemptive relief, even if such other funds had not previously invested in such existing portfolio company. Without this order, affiliated funds would not be able to participate in such co-investments with us unless the affiliated funds had previously acquired securities of the portfolio company in a co-investment transaction with us. Although the conditional exemptive order has expired, the SEC’s Division of Investment Management has indicated that until March 31, 2022, it will not recommend enforcement action, to the extent that any BDC with an existing co-investment order continues to engage in certain transactions described in the conditional exemptive order, pursuant to the same terms and conditions described therein. The Owl Rock Advisers’ allocation policy incorporates the conditions of the exemptive relief. As a result of the exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolio of the Owl Rock Clients that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief. See “Business — Affiliated Transactions” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022 and our telephone number is (212) 419-3000. Our corporate website is located at

S-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

www.owlrockcapitalcorporation.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into or a part of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus.

Risk Factors

Investing in our securities may be speculative and involves certain risks relating to our structure and our investment objective that you should consider before deciding whether to invest. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page S-20 in this prospectus supplement and “Risk Factors” in the accompanying prospectus, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2021 and June 30, 2021 for a more detailed discussion of material risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our securities.

Recent Developments

Investment Team and Investment Committee

The Investment Team is led by Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer and is supported by certain members of the Adviser’s senior executive team and the investment committee. The Investment Committee is comprised of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer, Alexis Maged and, effective September 1, 2021, Jeff Walwyn. Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser manages our day-to-day operations, and provides investment advisory and management services to us.

The investment committee meets regularly to consider our investments, direct our strategic initiatives and supervise the actions taken by the Adviser on our behalf. In addition, the investment committee reviews and determines whether to make prospective investments and monitors the performance of the investment portfolio. Each investment opportunity requires the approval of a majority of the members of the investment committee. Follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies may require the investment committee’s approval beyond that obtained when the initial investment in the portfolio company was made. In addition, temporary investments, such as those in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, may require approval by the investment committee.

Mr. Walwyn, 41, is a Managing Director in the Owl Rock division of Blue Owl, serves as the Head of Underwriting non-technology for each of the Owl Rock Advisers and, effective September 1, 2021, serves as a member of the Investment Committee of the Adviser and ORDA. Prior to joining Owl Rock in 2017, Mr. Walwyn was a Managing Director with Guggenheim Partners from 2015 until 2017. Upon Apollo Global Management’s acquisition of Gulf Steam Asset management in 2011, Mr. Walwyn joined Apollo and was a Principal until 2014. Prior to its acquisition by Apollo, Mr. Walwyn was a Vice President at Gulf Stream Asset Management where he started in 2006. Earlier in his career, Mr. Walwyn worked in Investment Banking with JPMorgan. Mr. Walwyn received a B.A. from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business and is a CFA® charterholder.

Executive Officers

On August 3, 2021, the Board, appointed Jonathan Lamm to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, effective September 1, 2021. The Board also appointed Alan Kirshenbaum, who currently serves as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Treasurer, to serve as the Company’s Executive Vice President, and Matthew Swatt and Shari Withem to serve as the Company’s Co-Treasurers, each effective September 1, 2021.

Mr. Lamm, 47, is a Managing Director of Blue Owl. Prior to joining Owl Rock, a division of Blue Owl, in April 2021, Mr. Lamm served as the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. (“GSBD”), a business development company traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Mr. Lamm was responsible for building and overseeing GSBD’s finance, treasury, accounting and operations functions from April 2013 through March 2021, including during its initial public offering in March 2015. During his time at Goldman Sachs, Mr. Lamm also served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC, Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit II LLC and Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending Corp. prior to the completion of its merger with GSBD in October

S-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2020. Throughout his twenty-two years at Goldman Sachs, Mr. Lamm held various positions. From 2013 to 2021, Mr. Lamm served as Managing Director, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at GSAM Credit Alternatives. From 2007 to 2013, Mr. Lamm served as Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at GSAM Credit Alternatives. From 2005 to 2007, Mr. Lamm served as Vice President in the Financial Reporting group and, from 1999 to 2005, he served as a Product Controller. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs, Mr. Lamm worked in public accounting at Deloitte & Touche.

Mr. Swatt, 33, is a Principal of Blue Owl and serves as the Co-Controller for each of the Owl Rock BDCs. Prior to joining Owl Rock in May 2016, Mr. Swatt was an Assistant Controller at Guggenheim Partners in their Private Credit group, where he was responsible for the finance, accounting, and financial reporting functions. Preceding that role, Mr. Swatt worked within the Financial Services — Alternative Investments practice of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP where he specialized in financial reporting, fair valuation of illiquid investments and structured products, internal controls and other technical accounting matters pertaining to alternative investment advisors, hedge funds, business development companies and private equity funds. Mr. Swatt received a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Maryland and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in New York.

Ms. Withem, 38, is a Principal of Blue Owl and serves as the Co-Controller for each of the Owl Rock BDCs. Prior to joining Owl Rock in March 2018, Ms. Withem was Vice President of TPG Special Situation Partners, a business development company traded on the NYSE (TSLX), where she was responsible for accounting, financial reporting, treasury and internal controls functions. Preceding that role, Ms. Withem worked for MCG Capital Corporation, a business development company formerly traded on the Nasdaq (MCGC) and Deloitte in the Audit and Assurance Practice. Ms. Withem received a B.S. in Accounting from James Madison University and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in Virginia.

Biographical and other information about Mr. Kirshenbaum can be found in our definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC on July 9, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference.

S-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIFIC TERMS OF THE NOTES AND THE OFFERING

This section outlines certain legal and financial terms of the Notes. You should read this section together with the more detailed description of the Notes under the heading “Description of the Notes” in this prospectus supplement before investing in the Notes. Capitalized terms used in this prospectus supplement and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the indenture governing the Notes, as amended from time to time, the “indenture”.

Issuer

Owl Rock Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation

Title of the Securities

2.875% Notes due 2028

Initial Aggregate Principal Amount Being Offered

The Notes offered hereby are a further issuance of the existing 2028 Notes. The Notes offered hereby will be treated as a single series with the existing 2028 Notes under the indenture and will have the same terms as the existing 2028 Notes (except the issue date and offering price). The Notes offered hereby will have the same CUSIP number and will be fungible and rank equally with the existing 2028 Notes. Upon the issuance of the Notes offered hereby, the outstanding principal amount of our 2.875% Notes due 2028 will be $850,000,000.

Initial Public Offering Price

99.899% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes offered hereby, plus the aggregate accrued interest, which is the interest on the Notes offered hereby accruing from June 11, 2021 up to, but not including, the date of delivery (the “Aggregate Accrued Interest”). The interest payment we will make on December 11, 2021 will include Aggregate Accrued Interest.

Aggregate Accrued Interest

$2,108,333.33 of accrued and unpaid interest from June 11, 2021 up to, but not including, the date of delivery of the Notes offered hereby.

Interest Rate

2.875%

Yield to Maturity

2.891%

Trade Date

August 10, 2021

Issue Date

August 17, 2021

Maturity Date

June 11, 2028

Interest Payment Dates

June 11 and December 11, commencing December 11, 2021

Ranking of Notes

The Notes will be our direct, general unsecured obligations and will rank:

•

senior in right of payment to all of our future indebtedness or other obligations that are expressly subordinated, or junior, in right of payment to the Notes;

•

S-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

principal amount was outstanding as of June 30, 2021, our July 2026 Notes of which $1,000 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of June 30, 2021, our June 2027 Notes of which $500 million aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and the existing 2028 Notes of which $450 million was outstanding as of June 30, 2021;

•

effectively subordinated, or junior, to any of our existing and future secured indebtedness or other obligations (including unsecured indebtedness that we later secure) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, including, without limitation, borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility, of which approximately $397 million was outstanding as of June 30, 2021; and

•

structurally subordinated, or junior, to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including trade payables) incurred by our subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities including, without limitation, borrowings under our SPV Asset Facility II, SPV Asset Facility III, SPV Asset Facility IV and CLO I, CLO II, CLO III, CLO IV, CLO V and CLO VI which had an aggregate of approximately $2.2 billion outstanding as of June 30, 2021.

As of June 30, 2021, our total indebtedness was approximately $6.5 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding, of which approximately $2.6 billion was secured indebtedness. See “Capitalization” in this prospectus supplement.

Denominations

We will issue the Notes in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Optional Redemption

We may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time, or from time to time, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed or (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption) on the Notes to be redeemed, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using the applicable Treasury Rate plus 30 basis points, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date; provided, however, that if we redeem any Notes on or after April 11, 2028 (the date falling two months prior to the maturity date of the Notes), the redemption price for the Notes will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. Any exercise of our option to redeem the Notes will be done in compliance with the 1940 Act.

Sinking Fund

The Notes will not be subject to any sinking fund. A sinking fund is a reserve fund accumulated over a period of time for the retirement of debt.

Offer to Purchase upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event

If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs prior to maturity, unless we have exercised our right to redeem the Notes in full, holders will have the right, at their option, to require us to repurchase for cash some or all of the Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being

S-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the repurchase date.

Legal Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. tax law or we obtain an Internal Revenue Service ruling described herein, the Notes will be subject to legal defeasance by us, which means that, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, but not limited to, (i) depositing in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Notes a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates and (ii) delivering to the Trustee an opinion of counsel as described herein under “Description of the Notes — Defeasance — Legal Defeasance”, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the Notes.

Covenant Defeasance

Under current U.S. tax law and the indenture, the Notes are subject to covenant defeasance by us, which means that, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, but not limited to, (i) depositing in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Notes a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates and (ii) delivering to the Trustee an opinion of counsel as described herein under “Description of the Notes — Defeasance — Covenant Defeasance”, we will be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture.

Form of Notes

The Notes will be represented by global securities that will be deposited and registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, or its nominee. This means that, except in limited circumstances, you will not receive certificates for the Notes. Beneficial interests in the Notes will be represented through book-entry accounts of financial institutions acting on behalf of beneficial owners as direct and indirect participants in DTC. Investors may elect to hold interests in the Notes through either DTC, if they are a participant, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in DTC.

Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Events of Default

If an event of default (as described herein under “Description of the Notes”) on the Notes occurs, the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, may be declared immediately due and payable, subject to conditions set forth in the indenture. These amounts automatically become due and payable in the case of certain types of bankruptcy or insolvency events involving us.

Other Covenants

In addition to the covenants described in this prospectus supplement, the following covenants shall apply to the Notes:

•

We agree that for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, we will not violate, whether or not we are subject thereto, Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC.

S-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the Notes and the trustee, for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

Trading Market

The Notes will not be listed on any securities exchange or quoted on any automated dealer quotation system. While a trading market developed after issuing the existing 2028 Notes, we cannot assure you that an active and liquid market for the Notes will be maintained. Although certain of the underwriters have informed us that they currently intend to continue to make a market in the Notes, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any such market making activities at any time without notice. See “Underwriting” in this prospectus supplement. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid market for the Notes will be maintained.

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $395 million, based on an offering price of 99.899% per Note, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of approximately $850 thousand payable by us. Such estimate is subject to change and no assurances can be given that actual expenses will not exceed such amount. We expect to use proceeds from this offering to pay down our existing indebtedness, including our existing indebtedness under the SPV Asset Facility III, which matures on December 14, 2023, and the SPV Asset Facility IV, which matures on April 1, 2030. Amounts drawn under the SPV Asset Facility III currently bear interest at a weighted average interest rate of 2.3% and amounts drawn under the SPV Asset Facility IV currently bear interest at a weighted average interest rate of 2.3%. As of August 9, 2021, we had approximately $275 million outstanding under the SPV Asset Facility III and approximately $155 million outstanding under the SPV Asset Facility IV. See “Use of Proceeds”.

Global Clearance and Settlement Procedures

Interests in the Notes will trade in DTC’s Same Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. None of the Company, the trustee or the paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Governing Law

The Notes and the indenture will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

S-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Investing in the Notes involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in the Notes, you should be aware of various risks associated with the investment, including those described in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, any document incorporated by reference herein or therein, and any free writing prospectus we may authorize in connection with this offering. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in the Notes. The risks set out in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, any document incorporated by reference herein or therein, and any free writing prospectus we may authorize in connection with this offering are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to the Notes

The Notes will be unsecured and therefore will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we have currently incurred or may incur in the future.

The Notes will not be secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of our subsidiaries. As a result, the Notes will be effectively subordinated, or junior, to any secured indebtedness or other obligations we or our subsidiaries have currently incurred and may incur in the future (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured that we later secure) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. Substantially all of our assets are currently pledged as collateral under the Revolving Credit Facility, the SPV Asset Facility II, the SPV Asset Facility III, the SPV Asset Facility IV, CLO I, CLO II, CLO III, CLO IV, CLO V and CLO VI. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Notes. As of June 30, 2021 our total indebtedness was approximately $6.5 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding, of which approximately $2.6 billion was secured by our assets or assets of our subsidiaries and, therefore, will be effectively senior to the Notes. Secured indebtedness is effectively senior to the Notes to the extent of the value of such assets.

The Notes will be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

The Notes are obligations exclusively of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries are a guarantor of the Notes and the Notes are not required to be guaranteed by any subsidiaries we may acquire or create in the future. Except to the extent we are a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, all claims of creditors (including trade creditors) and holders of preferred stock, if any, of our subsidiaries will have priority over our equity interests in such subsidiaries (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes) with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries. Even if we are recognized as a creditor of one or more of our subsidiaries, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such subsidiary and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such subsidiary senior to our claims. Consequently, the Notes will be structurally subordinated, or junior, to the SPV Asset Facility II, the SPV Asset Facility III, the SPV Asset Facility IV, CLO I, CLO II, CLO III, CLO IV, CLO V, CLO VI and all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including trade payables) incurred by any of our subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities and any subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities that we may in the future acquire or establish. As of June 30, 2021, our subsidiaries had $2.2 billion indebtedness outstanding under the SPV Asset Facility II, the SPV Asset Facility III, the SPV Asset Facility IV, CLO I, CLO II, CLO III, CLO IV, CLO V and CLO VI; in addition, our subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness in the future, all of which would be structurally senior to the Notes.

Our current indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our payment obligations under the Notes and our other debt.

As of June 30, 2021, our total consolidated indebtedness was approximately $6.5 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding, of which approximately $2.6 billion was indebtedness secured by our assets,

S-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of which approximately $2.2 billion was indebtedness of our subsidiaries outstanding under the SPV Asset Facility II, the SPV Asset Facility III, the SPV Asset Facility IV, CLO I, CLO II, CLO III, CLO IV, CLO V and CLO VI and secured by our assets or assets of our subsidiaries, and of which approximately $3.9 billion aggregate principal amount was unsecured indebtedness.

The use of debt could have significant consequences on our future operations, including:

•

making it more difficult for us to meet our payment and other obligations under the Notes and our other outstanding indebtedness;

•

resulting in an event of default if we fail to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants contained in our debt agreements, which event of default could result in substantially all of our debt becoming immediately due and payable;

•

reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund investments, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes, and limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for these purposes;

•

subjecting us to the risk of increased sensitivity to interest rate increases on our indebtedness with variable interest rates; and

•

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, and increasing our vulnerability to, changes in our business, the industry in which we operate and the general economy.

Any of the above-listed factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our payment obligations under the Notes and our other debt.

Our ability to meet our payment and other obligations under our debt instruments depends on our ability to generate significant cash flow in the future. This, to some extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors as well as other factors that are beyond our control.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our financing arrangements or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the Notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the Notes, on or before the scheduled maturity. The conditions of the financial markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets or seeking additional equity. We cannot assure you that any such actions, if necessary, could be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or on terms that would not be disadvantageous to our shareholders or on terms that would not require us to breach the terms and conditions of our existing or future debt agreements, including our payment obligations under the Notes.

A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the credit rating assigned by a rating agency to us or the Notes, if any, or change in the debt markets, could cause the liquidity or market value of the Notes to decline significantly.

Our credit ratings are an assessment by rating agencies of our ability to pay our debts when due. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of the Notes. These credit ratings may not reflect the potential impact of risks relating to the structure or marketing of the Notes. Credit ratings are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any security, and may be revised or withdrawn at any time by the issuing organization in its sole discretion. Neither we nor any underwriter undertakes any obligation to maintain our credit ratings or to advise holders of Notes of any changes in our credit ratings.

The indenture offers limited protection to holders of the Notes.

The indenture offers limited protection to holders of the Notes. The terms of the indenture and the Notes do not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have an adverse impact on your investment in the Notes. In particular, the terms of the indenture and the Notes will not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to:

S-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be pari passu, or equal, in right of payment to the Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, (3) indebtedness or other obligations of ours that are guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and which therefore are structurally senior to the Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or other obligations incurred by our subsidiaries that would be senior to our equity interests in our subsidiaries and therefore rank structurally senior to the Notes with respect to the assets of those subsidiaries, in each case other than an incurrence of indebtedness or other obligations that would cause a violation of Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions of the 1940 Act, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC. Currently, these provisions generally prohibit us from incurring additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% after such borrowings;

•

pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes;

•

sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);

•

create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

•

enter into transactions with affiliates;

•

make investments; or

•

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries.

Furthermore, the terms of the indenture and the Notes do not protect holders of the Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, as they do not require that we or our subsidiaries adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow or liquidity.

Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt and take a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the Notes may have important consequences for you as a holder of the Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the Notes.

Certain of our current debt instruments include more protections for their holders than the indenture and the Notes. In addition, other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the indenture and the Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for and trading levels and prices of the Notes.

The optional redemption provision may materially adversely affect your return on the Notes.

The Notes are redeemable in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option. We may choose to redeem the Notes at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on the Notes. In this circumstance, you may not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as that of the Notes being redeemed.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness or under other indebtedness to which we may be a party, that is not waived by the required lenders or holders and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the Notes.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise

S-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under our current indebtedness or other debt we may incur in the future could elect to terminate their commitments, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to seek to obtain waivers from the required lenders or holders under the agreements governing our indebtedness, or other indebtedness that we may incur in the future, to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under the agreements governing our indebtedness and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders or holders. If this occurs, we would be in default and our lenders or debt holders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations, including the lenders under certain of our credit facilities, could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. Because our credit facilities, the 2023 Notes, the 2024 Notes, the 2025 Notes, the July 2025 Notes, the 2026 Notes, the July 2026 Notes, the 2027 Notes and the 2028 Notes each have, and any future debt will likely have, customary cross-default provisions, if the indebtedness thereunder, hereunder or under any future credit facility is accelerated, we may be unable to repay or finance the amounts due. See “Description of the Notes” in this prospectus supplement and “Description of Our Debt Securities” in the accompanying prospectus.

We may not be able to repurchase the Notes upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event.

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event, as defined in the indenture that governs the Notes, as supplemented, subject to certain conditions, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The source of funds for that purchase of Notes will be our available cash or cash generated from our operations or other potential sources, including borrowings, investment repayments, sales of assets or sales of equity. We cannot assure you that sufficient funds from such sources will be available at the time of any Change of Control Repurchase Event to make required repurchases of Notes tendered. Before making any such repurchase of Notes, we would also have to comply with certain requirements under our Revolving Credit Facility, to the extent such requirements remain in effect at such time, or otherwise obtain consent from the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility. Our future debt instruments also may contain similar restrictions and provisions. If the holders of the Notes exercise their right to require us to repurchase all the Notes upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event, the financial effect of this repurchase could cause a default under our existing or future debt instruments, even if the Change of Control Repurchase Event itself would not cause a default. It is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the Change of Control Repurchase Event to make the required repurchase of the Notes or our other debt. See “Description of the Notes — Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event” in this prospectus supplement.

While a trading market developed after issuing the existing 2028 Notes, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for the Notes will be maintained.

The Notes are not listed on any securities exchange or quoted on any automated dealer quotation system, and we do not intend to apply for a listing of the Notes on any securities exchange or any automated dealer quotation system. While a trading market developed after issuing the existing 2028 Notes, we cannot assure you that an active and liquid market for the Notes will be maintained. Although certain of the underwriters have informed us that they intend to continue to make a market in the Notes, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue market making activities at their sole discretion at any time without notice. In addition, any market-making activity will be subject to limits imposed by law. The liquidity of the trading market in the Notes, and the market price quoted for the Notes, may be adversely affected by changes in the overall market for this type of security and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the prospects for companies in our industry generally or other factors. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for the Notes will be maintained, that you will be able to sell your Notes at a particular time or that the price you receive when you sell will be favorable. If an active trading market is not maintained, the market price and liquidity of the Notes may be adversely affected.

S-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, any documents we may incorporate by reference herein, and any related free writing prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Such statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors and undue reliance should not be placed thereon. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about us, our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs and opinions, and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “may,” “continue,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “targets,” “projects,” “outlook,” “potential,” “predicts” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

•

an economic downturn could impair our portfolio companies’ ability to continue to operate, which could lead to the loss of some or all of our investments in such portfolio companies;

•

an economic downturn could disproportionately impact the companies that we intend to target for investment, potentially causing us to experience a decrease in investment opportunities and diminished demand for capital from these companies;

•

an economic downturn could also impact availability and pricing of our financing and our ability to access the debt and equity capital markets;

•

a contraction of available credit and/or an inability to access the equity markets could impair our lending and investment activities;

•

the impact of the novel strain of coronavirus known as “COVID-19” and related changes in base interest rates and significant market volatility on our business, our portfolio companies, our industry and the global economy;

•

interest rate volatility, including the decommissioning of LIBOR, could adversely affect our results, particularly if we elect to use leverage as part of our investment strategy;

•

currency fluctuations could adversely affect the results of our investments in foreign companies, particularly to the extent that we receive payments denominated in foreign currency rather than U.S. dollars;

•

our future operating results;

•

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies including our and their ability to achieve our respective objectives as a result of the current COVID-19 pandemic;

•

the impact of interest and inflation rates on our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

•

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

•

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

•

competition with other entities and our affiliates for investment opportunities;

•

the speculative and illiquid nature of our investments;

•

the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments as well as any expectations regarding potential use of leverage;

•

the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital;

•

the loss of key personnel;

•

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

S-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

the ability of the Adviser to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

•

the ability of the Adviser to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

•

our ability to maintain our tax treatment as a regulated investment company RIC under the Code, and as a BDC;

•

the effect of legal, tax and regulatory changes; and

•

other risks, uncertainties and other factors previously identified in the reports and other documents we have filed with the SEC.

Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, any documents we may incorporate by reference herein, and any related free writing prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These forward-looking statements apply only as of the dates of this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, any documents we may incorporate by reference herein, and any related free writing prospectus. Moreover, we assume no duty and do not undertake to update the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements and projections contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are excluded from the safe-harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act.

S-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth:

•

the actual consolidated capitalization of the Company as of June 30, 2021; and

•

the consolidated capitalization of the Company as of June 30, 2021, as further adjusted to reflect the assumed sale of $400,000,000 of aggregate principal amount of Notes in this offering at a public offering price of 99.899% per Note after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of approximately $850 thousand payable by us and application of the net proceeds as discussed in more detail under “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus supplement.

You should read this table together with “Use of Proceeds” and our most recent balance sheet included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2021 which is incorporated by reference herein.

($ in thousands, except for per share amounts)	June 30, 2021 (Unaudited)			As Adjusted for this Offering
Assets
Total investments at fair value		$	11,906,872		$	11,906,872
Cash			615,461			615,461
Foreign cash			11,783			11,783
Interest receivable			69,044			69,044
Receivable from a controlled affiliate			3,974			3,974
Prepaid expenses and other assets			28,292			28,292
Total Assets		$	12,635,426		$	12,635,426
Liabilities
Debt (net of unamortized debt issuance costs)
Secured Credit Facilities (net of unamortized debt issuance costs)		$	2,512,639		$	2,117,893
Unsecured Notes (net of unamortized debt issuance costs)			3,871,098			4,265,844
Total Debt (net of unamortized debt issuance costs)			6,383,737			6,383,737
Distribution payable			121,587			121,587
Management fee payable			44,005			44,005
Incentive fee payable			25,270			25,270
Payables to affiliates			4,614			4,614
Payables for investments purchased			140,076			140,076
Accrued expenses and other liabilities			73,873			73,873
Total Liabilities			6,793,162			6,793,162
Commitments and contingencies
Net Assets
Common shares $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 392,217,490 shares issued and outstanding			3,922			3,922
Additional paid-in-capital			5,971,684			5,971,684
Total distributable earnings (losses)			(133,342)			(133,342)
Total Net Assets			5,842,264			5,842,264
Total Liabilities and Net Assets		$	12,635,426		$	12,635,426
Net Asset Value Per Share		$	14.90		$	14.90

S-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax consequences. The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Treasury (the “Treasury Regulations”), rulings and pronouncements issued by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change at any time. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of the Notes. We have not sought any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following discussion, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

•

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

•

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

•

holders subject to the alternative minimum tax;

•

dealers in securities or currencies;

•

traders in securities;

•

partnerships, S corporations or other pass-through entities;

•

U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

•

controlled foreign corporations;

•

tax-exempt organizations;

•

passive foreign investment companies;

•

persons holding the Notes as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction; and

•

persons deemed to sell the Notes under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, this discussion is limited to persons purchasing the Notes for cash at original issue and at their original “issue price” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code (i.e., the first price at which a substantial amount of the Notes are sold to the public for cash). This discussion also does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to beneficial owners of the Notes subject to the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code. Moreover, the effects of other U.S. federal tax laws (such as estate and gift tax laws) and any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws are not discussed. The discussion deals only with Notes held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

If an entity taxable as a partnership holds the Notes, the tax treatment of an owner of the entity generally will depend on the status of the particular owner in question and the activities of the entity. Owners of any such entity should consult their tax advisors as to the specific tax consequences to them of holding the Notes indirectly through ownership of such entity.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Qualified Reopening

We intend to treat, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the issuance of the Notes offered hereby as a “qualified reopening” of the existing 2028 Notes which were issued on June 11, 2021 with an “issue price”

S-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

equal to 99.004% of their principal amount and which will mature on June 11, 2028. Accordingly, we intend to treat the Notes offered hereby as having the same “issue date” and the same “issue price” as the existing 2024 Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Since the existing 2028 Notes were issued with an “issue price” equal to 99.004% of their principal amount, the existing 2028 Notes were treated as issued without original issue discount (“OID”); accordingly, the Notes offered hereby are treated as issued without OID. The remainder of this summary assumes that the issuance of the Notes offered hereby will be treated as a qualified reopening for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Pre-Issuance Accrued Interest

A portion of the price paid for the Notes is attributable to the amount of unpaid interest on the Notes accrued from June 11, 2021, which, for purposes of this discussion, is referred to as “pre-issuance accrued interest.” Pursuant to certain U.S. Treasury regulations, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we intend to treat a portion of the first interest payment on the Notes as a return of the pre-issuance accrued interest, rather than an amount payable on such Notes. A holder should be able to treat a portion of the first interest payment on the Notes as a non-taxable return of the pre-issuance accrued interest paid by the holder, rather than as taxable interest, as if the holder purchased a debt instrument on the secondary market between interest payment dates. Holders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the tax treatment of the pre-issuance accrued interest on the Notes.

U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to you if you are a “U.S. holder” of a Note. As used herein, “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of a Note who is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;

•

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

•

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

•

a trust, if a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more “United States persons” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code can control all substantial trust decisions, or, if the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, and it has elected to continue to be treated as a United States person.

Payments of Interest

Stated interest on the Notes (other than pre-issuance accrued interest as described above) generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary income at the time that such interest is received or accrued, in accordance with such U.S. holder’s method of tax accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Notes

A U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a Note equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition (less any portion allocable to any accrued and unpaid interest, including pre-issuance accrued interest, as discussed above, which will be taxable as interest to the extent not previously included in income or treated as a return of capital) and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Note. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in a Note generally will be equal to the amount that the U.S. holder paid for the Note (excluding any amount attributable to the pre-issuance accrued interest described above) less any principal payments received by the U.S. holder. Any gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the Note for more than one year at the time of disposition. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be a short-term capital gain or loss. Long-term capital gains recognized by certain non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, are currently subject to a reduced tax rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

S-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

A U.S. holder may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding when such U.S. holder receives interest payments on the Notes held or upon the proceeds received upon the sale or other disposition of such Notes (including a redemption or retirement of the Notes). Certain U.S. holders generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding. A U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding if such U.S. holder is not otherwise exempt and such U.S. holder:

•

fails to furnish the U.S. holder’s taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), which, for an individual, ordinarily is his or her social security number;

•

furnishes an incorrect TIN;

•

is notified by the IRS that the U.S. holder has failed properly to report payments of interest or dividends; or

•

fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, on an IRS Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification) or a suitable substitute form (or other applicable certificate), that the U.S. holder has furnished a correct TIN and that the IRS has not notified the U.S. holder that the U.S. holder is subject to backup withholding.

U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund if they timely provide certain information to the IRS.

Unearned Income Medicare Contribution

A tax of 3.8% will be imposed on certain “net investment income” (or “undistributed net investment income”, in the case of estates and trusts) received by individuals with modified adjusted gross incomes in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly and $125,000 in the case of married individuals filing a separate return) and certain estates and trusts. “Net investment income” as defined for U.S. federal Medicare contribution purposes generally includes interest payments and gain recognized from the sale or other disposition of the Notes. Tax-exempt trusts, which are not subject to income taxes generally, and foreign individuals will not be subject to this tax. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership and disposition of the Notes.

Non-U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to you if you are a “Non-U.S. holder” of a Note. A “Non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of a Note who is not a U.S. holder or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Special rules may apply to Non-U.S. holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, including controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, U.S. expatriates, and foreign persons eligible for benefits under an applicable income tax treaty with the U.S. Such Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them including any reporting requirements.

Payments of Interest

Generally, interest income paid to a Non-U.S. holder that is not effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business is subject to withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate). Nevertheless, interest paid on a Note to a Non-U.S. holder that is not effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business generally will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax provided that:

•

such Non-U.S. holder does not directly or indirectly own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock;

S-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

such Non-U.S. holder is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us through actual or constructive stock ownership and is not a bank that received such Note on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business; and

•

either (1) the Non-U.S. holder, prior to the payment of interest, certifies in a statement provided to us or the paying agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is the beneficial owner of the Notes and not a “United States person” within the meaning of the Code and provides its name and address, (2) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business and holds the Note on behalf of the Non-U.S. holder certifies to us or the paying agent, prior to the payment of interest, under penalties of perjury that it, or the financial institution between it and the Non-U.S. holder, has received from the Non-U.S. holder a statement, under penalties of perjury, that such Non-U.S. holder is the beneficial owner of the Notes and is not a United States person and provides us or the paying agent with a copy of such statement or (3) the Non-U.S. holder holds its Note directly through a “qualified intermediary” and certain conditions are satisfied.

Even if the above conditions are not met, a Non-U.S. holder generally will be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding tax on interest if the Non-U.S. holder provides us or our paying agent, prior to the payment of interest, with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or a suitable substitute form (or other applicable certificate) claiming an exemption from or reduction of the withholding tax under the benefit of an income tax treaty between the United States and the Non-U.S. holder’s country of residence. A Non-U.S. holder is required to inform the recipient of any change in the information on such statement within 30 days of such change. Special certification rules apply to Non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

If interest paid to a Non-U.S. holder is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, then, the Non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax, so long as the Non-U.S. holder, prior to the payment of interest, has provided an IRS Form W-8ECI or substantially similar substitute form stating that the interest that the Non-U.S. holder receives on the Notes is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. In such a case, a Non-U.S. holder will be subject to tax on the interest it receives on a net income basis in the same manner as if such Non-U.S. holder were a U.S. holder. In addition, if the Non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, such interest may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or lower applicable treaty rate.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Notes

Any gain realized by a Non-U.S. holder on the sale, exchange, retirement, redemption or other taxable disposition of a Note generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

•

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. holder maintains a U.S. permanent establishment to which such gain is attributable); or

•

the Non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale, exchange or other disposition, certain conditions are met and the Non-U.S. holder is not eligible for relief under an applicable income tax treaty.

A Non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on the net gain derived from the sale or other taxable disposition generally in the same manner as if such Non-U.S. holder were a U.S. holder, and if such Non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be required to pay an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate (or a lower rate if so specified by an applicable income tax treaty). A Non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate) on the gain derived from the sale or other taxable disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses, even though the Non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the United States.

Certain other exceptions may be applicable, and Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors with regard to whether taxes will be imposed on capital gain in their individual circumstances.

S-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

The amount of interest that we pay to any Non-U.S. holder on the Notes will be reported to the Non-U.S. holder and to the IRS annually on an IRS Form 1042-S, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific income tax treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. holder resides. However, a Non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding and certain other information reporting with respect to payments that we make to the Non-U.S. holder, provided that we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. holder is a “United States person,” within the meaning of the Code, and the Non-U.S. holder has given us the statement described above under “Non-U.S. holders — Payments of Interest.”

If a Non-U.S. holder sells or exchanges a Note through a United States broker or the United States office of a foreign broker, the proceeds from such sale or exchange will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the Non-U.S. holder provides a withholding certificate or other appropriate documentary evidence establishing that such holder is not a U.S. holder to the broker and such broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. holder, or the Non-U.S. holder is an exempt recipient eligible for an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding. If a Non-U.S. holder sells or exchanges a Note through the foreign office of a broker who is a United States person or has certain enumerated connections with the United States, the proceeds from such sale or exchange will be subject to information reporting unless the Non-U.S. holder provides to such broker a withholding certificate or other documentary evidence establishing that such holder is not a U.S. holder and such broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such evidence is false, or the Non-U.S. holder is an exempt recipient eligible for an exemption from information reporting. In circumstances where information reporting by the foreign office of such a broker is required, backup withholding will be required only if the broker has actual knowledge that the holder is a U.S. holder.

A Non-U.S. holder generally will be entitled to credit any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules against the Non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding in their particular situations, the availability of an exemption therefrom, and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if available.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Legislation commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” or “FATCA,” generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”) unless such FFIs either (i) enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners) or (ii) reside in a jurisdiction that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) with the United States to collect and share such information and are in compliance with the terms of such IGA and any enabling legislation or regulations. The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends. While existing U.S. Treasury regulations would also require withholding on payments of the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S. source interest or dividends, the U.S. Treasury Department has indicated its intent to eliminate this requirement in subsequent proposed regulations, which state that taxpayers may rely on the proposed regulations until the final regulations are issued. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not FFIs unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. Depending on the status of a beneficial owner and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their Notes, beneficial owners could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to interest paid on the Notes and potentially proceeds from the sale of the Notes. Under certain circumstances, a beneficial owner might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

S-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

On June 11, 2021, we issued $450 million of the existing 2028 Notes under the base indenture dated April 10, 2019, between us and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as trustee (the “trustee”), as supplemented by a seventh supplemental indenture dated June 11, 2021. The $400 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes offered hereby will be treated as a single series with the existing 2028 Notes under the indenture and will have the same terms as the existing 2028 Notes (except the issue date and the offering price). The Notes offered hereby will have the same CUSIP number and will be fungible and rank equally with the existing 2028 Notes. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of this “Description of the Notes,” references to the Notes include the Notes offered hereby, the existing 2028 Notes and any further additional Notes that may be issued from time to time under the indenture. As used in this section, all references to the indenture mean the base indenture as supplemented by the seventh supplemental indenture. The terms of the Notes include those expressly set forth in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “TIA”).

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Notes and the indenture and does not purport to be complete. This summary is subject to and is qualified by reference to all the provisions of the Notes and the indenture, including the definitions of certain terms used in the indenture. We urge you to read these documents because they, and not this description, define your rights as a holder of the Notes.

For purposes of this description, references to “we,” “our” and “us” refer only to the Company and not to any of its current or future subsidiaries and references to “subsidiaries” refer only to our consolidated subsidiaries and exclude any investments held by the Company in the ordinary course of business which are not, under GAAP, consolidated on the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries.

General

The Notes:

•

will be our direct, general unsecured, unsubordinated obligations;

•

were initially issued in an aggregate principal amount of $450 million not including the $ million aggregate principal amount of Notes being offered hereby;

•

will mature on June 11, 2028, unless earlier redeemed or repurchased, as discussed below;

•

will bear cash interest from June 11, 2021 at an annual rate of 2.875% payable semi-annually in arrears on June 11 and December 11 of each year, beginning on December 11, 2021;

•

will be subject to redemption at our option as described herein under “— Optional Redemption”;

•

will be subject to repurchase by us at the option of the holders following a Change of Control Repurchase Event (as defined below under “— Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event”), at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of repurchase;

•

will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; and

•

will be represented by one or more registered Notes in global form, but in certain limited circumstances may be represented by Notes in definitive form. See “— Book-Entry, Settlement and Clearance”.

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt that may be issued by us or our subsidiaries under the indenture or otherwise but does contain a covenant regarding our asset coverage that would have to be satisfied at the time of incurrence of additional indebtedness. See “— Covenants — Other Covenants”. The indenture does not contain any financial covenants and does not restrict us from paying dividends or issuing or repurchasing our other securities. Other than restrictions described under “— Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event” and “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” below, the indenture does not contain any covenants or other provisions designed to afford holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction involving us or in the event of a decline in our credit rating as the result of a takeover, recapitalization, highly leveraged transaction or similar restructuring involving us that could adversely affect such holders.

S-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may, without the consent of the holders, issue additional Notes under the indenture with the same terms (except for the issue date, public offering price and, if applicable, the initial interest payment date) and with the same CUSIP numbers as the Notes offered hereby in an unlimited aggregate principal amount; provided that such additional Notes must either be issued in a “qualified reopening” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, with no more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount, or otherwise be part of the same issue as the Notes offered hereby for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The $400 million aggregate principal amount of Notes offered hereby will be issued as additional Notes under the indenture.

We do not intend to list the Notes on any securities exchange or any automated dealer quotation system.

Payments on the Notes; Paying Agent and Registrar; Transfer and Exchange

We will pay the principal of, and interest on, Notes in global form registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee in immediately available funds to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of such Global Note (as defined below).

Payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and any such interest on the Notes will be made at the corporate trust office of the paying agent, which initially shall be the trustee, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that, in the case of notes that are not in global form, at our option payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the security register.

A holder of Notes may transfer or exchange Notes at the office of the registrar in accordance with the indenture. A holder may be required, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. No service charge will be imposed by us, the trustee or the registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but we may require a holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge required by law or permitted by the indenture.

The registered holder of a Note will be treated as its owner for all purposes.

Interest

The Notes will bear cash interest at a rate of 2.875% per year until maturity. Interest on the Notes will accrue from June 11, 2021 or from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for. Interest will be payable semiannually in arrears on June 11 and December 11 of each year, beginning on December 11, 2021. The interest payment we will make on December 11, 2021 will include Aggregate Accrued Interest.

Interest will be paid to the person in whose name the Notes are registered at 5:00 p.m. New York City time (the “close of business”) on May 28 or November 27 (whether or not a business day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the relevant interest payment date. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

If any interest payment date, redemption date, the maturity date or any earlier required repurchase date upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event (defined below) of the Notes falls on a day that is not a business day, the required payment will be made on the next succeeding business day and no interest on such payment will accrue in respect of the delay. The term “business day” means, with respect to any of the Notes, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York or the city in which the corporate trust office of the trustee is located are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Ranking

The Notes will be our direct, general unsecured obligations that will rank:

•

senior in right of payment to all of our future indebtedness or other obligations that are expressly subordinated, or junior, in right of payment to the Notes;

S-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

pari passu, or equal, in right of payment with all of our existing and future indebtedness or other obligations that are not so subordinated, or junior, including, without limitation, our 2023 Notes, of which $150 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of June 30, 2021, our 2024 Notes, of which $400 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of June 30, 2021, our 2025 Notes, of which $425 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of June 30, 2021, our July 2025 Notes, of which $500 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of June 30, 2021, our 2026 Notes, of which $500 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of June 30, 2021, our July 2026 Notes, of which $1 billion in aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of June 30, 2021, the 2027 Notes of which $500 million aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and the existing 2028 Notes of which $450 million aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of June 30, 2021;

•

effectively subordinated, or junior, to any of our existing and future secured indebtedness or other obligations (including unsecured indebtedness that we later secure) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, including, without limitation, borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, of which approximately $397 million was outstanding as of June 30, 2021; and

•

structurally subordinated, or junior, to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including trade payables) incurred by our subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities, including, without limitation, borrowings under the SPV Asset Facility II, the SPV Asset Facility III, the SPV Asset Facility IV and CLO I, CLO II, CLO III, CLO IV, CLO V and CLO VI, of which approximately $2.2 billion was outstanding as of June 30, 2021.

As of June 30, 2021, our total indebtedness was approximately $6.5 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding, of which approximately $2.6 billion was secured by our assets or assets of our subsidiaries. See “Capitalization” in this prospectus supplement.

In the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up, our assets that secure secured debt will be available to pay obligations on the Notes only after all indebtedness under such secured debt has been repaid in full from such assets. We advise you that there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all the Notes then outstanding.

Optional Redemption

We may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time, or from time to time. If we choose to redeem any of the Notes prior to maturity, we will pay a redemption price equal to the greater of the following amounts, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date:

•

100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, or

•

the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption) on the Notes to be redeemed, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using the applicable Treasury Rate plus 30 basis points;

provided, however, that if we redeem any of the Notes on or after April 11, 2028 (the date falling months prior to the maturity date of the Notes), the redemption price for the Notes will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption.

If we choose to redeem any of the Notes, we will deliver a notice of redemption to holders of the Notes not less than 30 nor more than 60 days before the redemption date. Any exercise of our option to redeem the Notes will be done in compliance with the 1940 Act. If we are redeeming less than all of the Notes, the particular Notes to be redeemed will be selected by the trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if a pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or in such other manner as the trustee shall deem fair and appropriate, and in any case in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC and in accordance with the 1940 Act as directed by the Company; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Note not redeemed to less than $2,000. Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions of the Notes called for redemption.

S-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For purposes of calculating the redemption price in connection with the redemption of the Notes, on any redemption date, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Reference Treasury Dealer as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financing practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes being redeemed.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means (1) the average of the remaining Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer sQuotations, or (2) if the Quotation Agent obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“Quotation Agent” means a Reference Treasury Dealer selected by us.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means BofA Securities, Inc., and a primary U.S. government securities dealer in the United States (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) selected by each of MUFG Securities Americas Inc., SG Americas Securities, LLC or SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc., or Truist Securities, Inc. or any of their respective affiliates which are Primary Treasury Dealers, and each of their respective successors, and any other treasury dealers selected by us; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, we shall select another Primary Treasury Dealer.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. New York time on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield-to-maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue (computed as of the third business day immediately preceding the redemption), assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The redemption price and the Treasury Rate will be determined by us.

All determinations made by any Reference Treasury Dealer, including the Quotation Agent, with respect to determining the redemption price will be final and binding absent manifest error.

Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event

If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs, unless we have exercised our right to redeem the Notes in full, we will make an offer to each holder of the Notes to repurchase all or any part (in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount thereabove) of that holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to, but not including, the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event or, at our option, prior to any Change of Control, but after the public announcement of the Change of Control, we will send a notice to each holder and the trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute or may constitute the Change of Control Repurchase Event and offering to repurchase Notes on the payment date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent. The notice shall, if sent prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on the Change of Control Repurchase Event occurring on or prior to the payment date specified in the notice. We will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Repurchase Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Repurchase Event provisions of the Notes, we will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached our obligations under the Change of Control Repurchase Event provisions of the Notes by virtue of such conflict.

S-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On the Change of Control Repurchase Event payment date, subject to extension if necessary to comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act, we will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to our offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate purchase price in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the Notes properly accepted, together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes being purchased by us.

The paying agent will promptly remit to each holder of Notes properly tendered the purchase price for the Notes, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes surrendered; provided that each new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

We will not be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event if a third party makes an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by us and such third party purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.

The source of funds that will be required to repurchase Notes in the event of a Change of Control Repurchase Event will be our available cash or cash generated from our operations or other potential sources, including funds provided by a purchaser in the Change of Control transaction, borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We cannot assure you that sufficient funds from such sources will be available at the time of any Change of Control Repurchase Event to make required repurchases of Notes tendered. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources” in our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, which is incorporated by reference herein, for a general discussion of our indebtedness. Before making any such repurchase of Notes, we would also have to comply with certain requirements under our Revolving Credit Facility, to the extent such requirements remain in effect at such time, or otherwise obtain consent from the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility. Our future debt instruments may contain similar restrictions and provisions. If the holders of the Notes exercise their right to require us to repurchase Notes upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event, the financial effect of this repurchase could cause a default under our existing or future debt instruments, even if the Change of Control Repurchase Event itself would not cause a default. It is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the Change of Control Repurchase Event to make the required repurchase of the Notes or our other debt. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Notes — We may not be able to repurchase the Notes upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event” in this prospectus supplement.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of our properties or assets and those of our subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise, established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Notes to require us to repurchase the Notes as a result of a sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries taken as a whole to another person or group may be uncertain.

For purposes of the Notes:

“Below Investment Grade Rating Event” means the Notes are downgraded below Investment Grade by all three Rating Agencies on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that results in a Change of Control until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies); provided that a Below Investment Grade Rating Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a Below Investment Grade Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Repurchase Event hereunder) if

S-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the Rating Agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform us in writing that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have occurred at the time of the Below Investment Grade Rating Event).

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation) in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Controlled Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” or “group” (as those terms are used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than to any Permitted Holders; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a pledge of assets pursuant to any secured debt instrument of the Company or its Controlled Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be any such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition;

(2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” or “group” (as those terms are used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than any Permitted Holders) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

(3) the approval by the Company’s stockholders of any plan or proposal relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

“Change of Control Repurchase Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Rating Event.

“Controlled Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Company, 50% or more of the outstanding equity interests of which are owned by the Company and its direct or indirect subsidiaries and of which the Company possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting equity interests, by agreement or otherwise.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc., also known as Fitch Ratings, or any successor thereto.

“Investment Grade” means a rating of BBB- or better by Fitch (or its equivalent under any successor rating categories of Fitch), BBB- or better by S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating categories of S&P) and Baa3 or better by Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor rating categories of Moody’s) (or, in each case, if such Rating Agency ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of our control, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any Rating Agency selected by us as a replacement Rating Agency).

“Moody’s means Moody’s Investor Service or any successor thereto.

“Permitted Holders” means (i) us, (ii) one or more of our Controlled Subsidiaries and (iii) Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC or any affiliate of Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction located in the United States of America and in the business of managing or advising clients.

“Rating Agency” means:

(1) each of Fitch, S&P and Moody’s; and

(2) if any of Fitch, S&P or Moody’s cease to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of our control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as defined in Section (3)(a)(62) of the Exchange Act selected by us as a replacement agency for Fitch, S&P and/or Moody’s, or both, as the case may be.

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, or any successor thereto.

S-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“Voting Stock” as applied to stock of any person, means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.

Covenants

In addition to the covenants described in the base indenture, the following covenants shall apply to the Notes.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

The indenture will provide that we will not merge or consolidate with or into any other person (other than a merger of a wholly owned subsidiary into us), or sell, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all our property (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a pledge of assets pursuant to any secured debt instrument of the Company or its subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be any such sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition; and provided further that this covenant shall not apply to any sale, transfer, lease, conveyance, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s property to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) in any one transaction or series of related transactions unless:

•

we are the surviving person (the “Surviving Person”) or the Surviving Person (if other than us) formed by such merger or consolidation or to which such sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition is made shall be a corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof;

•

the Surviving Person (if other than us) expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the trustee, executed and delivered to the trustee by such Surviving Person, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, all the Notes outstanding, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of the indenture to be performed by us;

•

immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions, no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

•

we shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the trustee, an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, in respect thereto, comply with this covenant, and that all conditions precedent in the indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

For the purposes of this covenant, the sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all the property of one or more of our subsidiaries, which property, if held by us instead of such subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of our property on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of our property.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all”, there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of a person. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether the merger, consolidation or sale of assets covenant would apply to a particular transaction as described above absent a decision by a court of competent jurisdiction. Although these types of transactions are permitted under the indenture, certain of the foregoing transactions could constitute a Change of Control that results in a Change of Control Repurchase Event permitting each holder to require us to repurchase the Notes of such holder as described above.

An assumption by any person of obligations under the Notes and the indenture might be deemed for U.S. federal income tax purposes to be an exchange of the Notes for new Notes by the holders thereof, resulting in recognition of gain or loss for such purposes and possibly other adverse tax consequences to the holders. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of such an assumption.

S-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Covenants

•

If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the Notes and the trustee, for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, as applicable. Delivery of such financial statements to the trustee is for informational purposes only and the trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including our compliance with any of our covenants hereunder (as to which the trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on officers’ certificates).

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the Notes issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Your Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to your Notes without your specific approval. The following is a list of those types of changes:

•

change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on the Notes;

•

reduce any amounts due on the Notes;

•

reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a security following a default;

•

adversely affect any right of repayment at the holder’s option;

•

change the place (except as otherwise described in the prospectus or prospectus supplement) or currency of payment on a debt security;

•

impair your right to sue for payment;

•

modify the subordination provisions in the indenture in a manner that is adverse to holders of outstanding Notes;

•

reduce the percentage of holders of the Notes whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture;

•

reduce the percentage of holders of the Notes whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults;

•

modify certain of the provisions of the indenture dealing with supplemental indentures, modification and waiver of past defaults, changes to the quorum or voting requirements or the waiver of certain covenants; and

•

change any obligation we have to pay additional amounts.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the Notes. This type is limited to clarifications, establishment of the form or terms of new securities of any series as permitted by the indenture, and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the outstanding Notes in

S-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

any material respect, including adding additional covenants or events of default. We also do not need any approval to make any change that affects only Notes to be issued under the indenture after the change takes effect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the Notes would require the following approval:

•

If the change affects only one series of the Notes, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

•

If the change affects more than one series of the securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all of the securities affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of a series of debt securities issued under an indenture, or all series, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants in that indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “— Changes Requiring Your Approval”.

Further Details Concerning Voting

When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much principal to attribute to the Notes:

The Notes will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption. The Notes will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “— Defeasance — Legal Defeasance”.

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding indenture securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indenture. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of one or more series, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of outstanding indenture securities of those series on the record date and must be taken within eleven months following the record date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indenture or the Notes or request a waiver.

Events of Default

Each of the following is an event of default:

(1) default in the payment of any interest upon any Notes when due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days;

(2) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when it becomes due and payable at its maturity, including upon any redemption date or required repurchase date;

(3) our failure for 60 consecutive days after written notice from the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to us and the trustee, as applicable, has been received to comply with any of our other agreements contained in the Notes or indenture;

(4) default by us or any of our significant subsidiaries, as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act (but excluding any subsidiary which is (a) a non-recourse or limited recourse subsidiary, (b) a bankruptcy remote special purpose vehicle or (c) not consolidated with the Company for purposes of GAAP), with respect to any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed in excess of $100 million in the aggregate of us and/or any such subsidiary, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created (i) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable or (ii) constituting a failure to pay the principal or interest of any such debt when due and payable at its stated maturity, upon required repurchase, upon

S-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

declaration of acceleration or otherwise, unless, in either case, such indebtedness is discharged, or such acceleration is rescinded, stayed or annulled, within a period of 30 calendar days after written notice of such failure is given to us by the trustee or to us and the trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

(5) Pursuant to Section 18(a)(1)(C)(ii) and Section 61 of the 1940 Act, or any successor provisions, on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months, any class of securities shall have an asset coverage (as such term is used in the 1940 Act) of less than 100%, giving effect to any amendments to such provisions of the 1940 Act or to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC; and

(6) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization involving us occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 consecutive days.

If an event of default occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case (other than an event of default specified in item (6) above) the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the entire principal amount of Notes to be due and immediately payable, by a notice in writing to us (and to the trustee if given by the holders), and upon any such declaration such principal or specified portion thereof shall become immediately due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of the events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in item (6) above, 100% of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes will automatically become due and payable.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the trustee, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to us and the trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if (i) we have paid or deposited with the trustee a sum sufficient to pay all overdue installments of interest, if any, on all outstanding Notes, the principal of (and premium, if any, on) all outstanding Notes that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Notes, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Notes, and all sums paid or advanced by the trustee and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the trustee, its agents and counsel, and (ii) all events of default with respect to the Notes, other than the nonpayment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on such Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission will affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

No holder of Notes will have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under the indenture, unless:

(i) such holder has previously given written notice to the trustee of a continuing event of default with respect to the Notes;

(ii) the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such event of default;

(iii) such holder or holders have offered to the trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(iv) the trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

(v) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the trustee during such 60-day period by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding any other provision in the indenture, the holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on such Note on the stated maturity or maturity expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on the redemption date or, in the case of repayment at the option of the holders, on the

S-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

repayment date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such holder.

The trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless such holders shall have offered to the trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. Subject to the foregoing, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee with respect to the Notes, provided that (i) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with the indenture, (ii) the trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction and (iii) the trustee need not take any action that may involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial (it being understood that the trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such directions are unduly prejudicial to such holders) to the holders of Notes not consenting.

The holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the holders of all of the Notes waive any past default under the indenture with respect to the Notes and its consequences, except a default (i) in the payment of (or premium, if any, on) or interest, if any, on any of the Notes, or (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision of the indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected. Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any event of default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or event of default or impair any right consequent thereto.

We are required to deliver to the trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an officers’ certificate stating that to the knowledge of the signers whether we are in default in the performance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of the indenture.

Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default under the indenture with respect to the Notes, the trustee shall transmit notice of such default actually known to a responsible officer of the trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest, if any, on any of the Notes, the trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding of such notice is in the interest of the holders of the Notes.

Satisfaction and Discharge

We may satisfy and discharge our obligations under the indenture by delivering to the securities registrar for cancellation all outstanding Notes or by depositing with the trustee, in trust, funds in U.S. dollars in an amount sufficient to pay all of the outstanding Notes after the Notes have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year (or scheduled for redemption within one year). Such discharge is subject to terms contained in the indenture.

Defeasance

The Notes will be subject to covenant defeasance and legal defeasance.

Covenant Defeasance

If certain conditions are satisfied, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the Notes were issued. This is called “covenant defeasance.” In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay your Notes. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, we must do the following:

•

deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the Notes a combination of money and United States government or United States government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough

S-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

cash, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates.

•

deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to recognize income, gain, or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance or to be taxed on the Notes any differently than if we did not make the deposit and repaid the Notes at maturity.

•

deliver to the trustee a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with.

If we accomplished covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the Notes if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. For example, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the Notes became immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

Legal Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. federal tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the Notes (called “defeasance” or “legal defeasance”) if we put in place the following other arrangements for you to be repaid:

•

We must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the Notes a combination of money and United States government or United States government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates.

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current U.S. federal tax law or an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing you to recognize income, gain, or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance or to be taxed on the Notes any differently than if we did not make the deposit and repaid the Notes at maturity. Under current U.S. federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release from the Notes would be treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your Notes and you would recognize gain or loss on the Notes at the time of the deposit.

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with.

If we ever accomplished legal defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the Notes. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent.

Trustee

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is the trustee, security registrar and paying agent. Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in each of its capacities, including without limitation as trustee, security registrar and paying agent, assumes no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information concerning us or our affiliates or any other party contained in this prospectus supplement or the related documents or for any failure by us or any other party to disclose events that may have occurred and may affect the significance or accuracy of such information, or for any information provided to it by us, including but not limited to settlement amounts and any other information. Neither the trustee nor any paying agent shall be responsible for determining whether any Change of Control or Below Investment Grade Rating Event has occurred and whether any Change of Control offer with respect to the Notes is required.

S-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may maintain banking relationships in the ordinary course of business with the trustee and its affiliates.

Resignation of Trustee

The trustee may resign or be removed with respect to the Notes provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to these series. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Governing Law

The indenture provides that it and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would cause the application of laws of another jurisdiction.

Book-Entry, Settlement and Clearance

Global Notes

The Notes will be initially issued in the form of one or more registered Notes in global form, without interest coupons (the “Global Notes”). Upon issuance, each of the Global Notes will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC (“DTC participants”) or persons who hold interests through DTC participants. We expect that under procedures established by DTC:

•

upon deposit of a Global Note with DTC’s custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the Global Note to the accounts of the DTC participants designated by the underwriters; and

•

ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the Global Note).

Beneficial interests in Global Notes may not be exchanged for Notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.

Book-Entry Procedures for Global Notes

All interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC. We provide the following summary of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of DTC are controlled by that settlement system and may be changed at any time. Neither we, the trustee nor the underwriters are responsible for those operations or procedures.

DTC has advised us that it is:

•

a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

•

a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;

•

a member of the Federal Reserve System;

•

a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

•

a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

S-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.

So long as DTC’s nominee is the registered owner of a Global Note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Notes represented by that Global Note for all purposes under the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note:

•

will not be entitled to have Notes represented by the Global Note registered in their names;

•

will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated Notes; and

•

will not be considered the owners or holders of the Notes under the indenture for any purpose, including with respect to receiving notices or the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the trustee under the indenture.

As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a Global Note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of Notes under the indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).

Payments of principal and interest with respect to the Notes represented by a Global Note will be made by the trustee to DTC’s nominee as the registered holder of the Global Note. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.

Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.

Cross-market transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes between DTC participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected within DTC through the DTC participants that are acting as depositaries for Euroclear and Clearstream. To deliver or receive an interest in a Global Note held in a Euroclear or Clearstream account, an investor must send transfer instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, under the rules and procedures of that system and within the established deadlines of that system. If the transaction meets its settlement requirements, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will send instructions to its DTC depositary to take action to effect final settlement by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global Notes in DTC, and making or receiving payment under normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the DTC depositaries that are acting for Euroclear or Clearstream.

Because the settlement of cross-market transfers takes place during New York business hours, DTC participants may employ their usual procedures for sending securities to the applicable DTC participants acting as depositaries for Euroclear and Clearstream. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC participant seller on the settlement date. Thus, to a DTC participant, a cross-market transaction will settle no differently from a trade between two DTC participants. Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant that purchases an interest in a Global Note from a DTC participant will be credited on the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream immediately following the DTC settlement date. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream from the sale of an interest in a Global Note to a DTC participant will be reflected in the account of the Euroclear of Clearstream participant the following business day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the Euroclear or Clearstream participant’s account will be back-valued to the date on which settlement occurs in New York. DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants in those settlement systems. However, the settlement systems are not obligated to perform these procedures and may discontinue or change these procedures at any time. Neither we nor the trustee

S-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

BofA Securities, Inc. is acting as the representative of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement, the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth below:

Name	Principal Amount of Notes to be Purchased
BofA Securities, Inc.		$	82,500,000
ING Financial Markets LLC		$	40,000,000
MUFG Securities Americas Inc.		$	40,000,000
SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc.		$	40,000,000
Truist Securities, Inc.		$	40,000,000
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC		$	25,000,000
RBC Capital Markets, LLC		$	25,000,000
SG Americas Securities, LLC		$	25,000,000
Compass Point Research & Trading, LLC		$	7,500,000
ICBC Standard Bank Plc		$	7,500,000
JMP Securities LLC		$	7,500,000
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.		$	7,500,000
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.		$	7,500,000
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.		$	7,500,000
PNC Capital Markets LLC		$	7,500,000
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.		$	7,500,000
R. Seelaus & Co., LLC		$	7,500,000
Seaport Global Securities LLC		$	7,500,000
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC		$	7,500,000
Total		$	400,000,000

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the Notes offered by us if they purchase any Notes. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters are offering the Notes, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the Notes, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The underwriters propose to offer some of the Notes to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement and some of the Notes to certain other dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of 0.600% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of 0.400% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes. After the initial offering of the Notes to the public, the public offering

S-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

price and other selling terms may be changed. No such change shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us.

	Per Note		Amount
Public offering price		99.899%		$	399,596,000
Underwriting discount		1.000%		$	4,000,000
Proceeds to us, before expenses		98.899%		$	395,596,000

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $850,000 and are payable by us.

The public offering price set forth above does not include Aggregate Accrued Interest. The interest payment we will make on December 11, 2021 will include Aggregate Accrued Interest.

No Sales of Similar Securities

Subject to certain exceptions, we have agreed not to, directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any securities that are substantially similar to the Notes or file or confidentially submit any registration statement under the Securities Act relating to such securities until the settlement date of this offering without first obtaining the written consent of BofA Securities, Inc. This consent may be given at any time without public notice.

Listing

The Notes will not be listed on any securities exchange or quoted on any automated dealer quotation system.

While a trading market developed after issuing the existing 2028 Notes, we cannot assure you that an active and liquid market for the Notes will be maintained. We have been advised by the underwriters that they presently intend to continue to make a market in the Notes as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. The underwriters are not obligated, however, to make a market in the Notes and any such market-making may be discontinued at any time in the sole discretion of the underwriters without any notice. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that a liquid market for the Notes will be maintained. If an active public trading market for the Notes is not maintained, the market price and liquidity of the Notes may be adversely affected.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell Notes in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment, covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Over-allotment involves sales of securities in excess of the aggregate principal amount of securities to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a short position for the underwriters. Covering transactions involve purchases of the securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases of securities made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities while the offering is in progress.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased Notes sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Any of these activities may cause the price of the Notes to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of such transactions. These transactions may be effected in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time without any notice relating thereto.

S-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the Notes. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representative will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates were underwriters in connection with the offering of our 2024 Notes, our 2025 Notes, our July 2025 Notes, our 2026 Notes, our July 2026 Notes, our 2027 Notes, our existing 2028 Notes and our initial public offering, for which they have received customary fees.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively traded securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities or instruments of us (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) or persons and entities with relationships with us. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates that have a lending relationship with us routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. Typically, such underwriters and their affiliates would hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities, including potentially the Notes offered hereby. Any such credit default swaps or short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the Notes offered hereby. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

We expect to use proceeds from this offering to pay down our existing indebtedness, including the indebtedness under the SPV Asset Facility III, which matures on December 14, 2023, and the SPV Asset Facility IV, which matures on April 1, 2030. Amounts drawn under the SPV Asset Facility III currently bear interest at a weighted average interest rate of 2.3% and amounts drawn under the SPV Asset Facility IV currently bear interest at a weighted average interest rate of 2.3%. Affiliates of certain underwriters are lenders under certain of our credit facilities. Accordingly, affiliates of certain of the underwriters may receive more than 5% of the proceeds of this offering to the extent the proceeds are used to pay down our existing indebtedness.

The underwriters or their affiliates may also trade in our securities, securities of our portfolio companies or other financial instruments related thereto for their own accounts or for the account of others and may extend loans or financing directly or through derivative transactions to the Adviser or any of our portfolio companies.

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, an affiliate of the trustee, is one of the underwriters for this offering.

ICBC Standard Bank Plc is restricted in its U.S. securities dealings under the United States Bank Holding Company Act and may not underwrite, subscribe, agree to purchase or procure purchasers to purchase notes that are offered or sold in the United States. Accordingly, ICBC Standard Bank Plc shall not be obligated to, and shall not, underwrite, subscribe, agree to purchase or procure purchasers to purchase notes that may be offered or sold by other underwriters in the United States. ICBC Standard Bank Plc shall offer and sell the Notes constituting part of its allotment solely outside the United States.

Settlement

We expect that delivery of the Notes will be made to investors on or about August 17, 2021, which will be the fifth business day following the date hereof. Under Rule 15c6-1 of the Exchange Act trades in the

S-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

secondary market generally are required to settle in two business days, unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, purchasers who wish to trade the Notes prior to two business days before the date of delivery will be required, by virtue of the fact that the Notes initially will settle T+5, to specify an alternate settlement cycle at the time of any such trade to prevent a failed settlement. Purchasers of the Notes who wish to trade the Notes prior to two business days before the date of delivery should consult their own advisor.

Principal Business Addresses

The principal business address of BofA Securities, Inc. is One Bryant Park, New York, NY 10036.

Other Jurisdictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the Notes offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The Notes offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any Notes offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to the Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each European Economic Area Member State (each a “Relevant Member State”), no notes have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Notes which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation (as defined below), except that the Notes may be offered to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(i) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

(ii) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or

(iii) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the Notes shall require the Company or any bank to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an ‘offer to the public’ in relation to the Notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any notes, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any notes under, this offering contemplated hereby will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and their affiliates and the Company that:

(i) it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation; and

S-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(ii) in the case of any notes acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 5 of the Prospectus Regulation, (i) the Notes acquired by it in this offering have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Regulation, or have been acquired in other circumstances falling within the points (a) to (d) of Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation and the prior consent of the underwriters has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where the Notes have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those notes to it is not treated under the Prospectus Regulation as having been made to such persons.

No key information document required by Regulation (EU) No 1286/2014 (as amended, the “PRIIPs Regulation”) for offering or selling the Notes or otherwise making them available to retail investors in a Relevant Member State has been prepared and therefore offering or selling the Notes or otherwise making them available to any retail investor in a Relevant Member State may be unlawful under the PRIIPs Regulation.

The Company, the underwriters and their affiliates, and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a qualified investor and who has notified the underwriters of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the underwriters, be permitted to acquire notes in this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This Prospectus and any other material in relation to the notes described herein is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, and any investment or investment activity to which this Prospectus relates is available only to, and will be engaged in only with persons who are (i) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of investment professionals in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the “FPO”); or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the FPO; (iii) outside the UK; or (iv) persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any notes may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated, (all such persons together being referred to as “Relevant Persons”). The Notes are only available in the UK to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase or otherwise acquire the Notes will be engaged in only with, the Relevant Persons. This Prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other person in the UK. Any person in the UK that is not a Relevant Person should not act or rely on this Prospectus or any of its contents.

No notes have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Notes which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the Notes may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

(i) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

(ii) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the initial purchasers for any such offer; or

(iii) in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

provided that no such offer of the Notes shall require the Company and/or any underwriters or any of their affiliates to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the Notes in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any notes to be offered so as

S-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any notes and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

No key information document required by Regulation (EU) No 1286/2014 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (the “UK PRIIPs Regulation”) for offering or selling the Notes or otherwise making them available to retail investors in the UK has been prepared and therefore offering or selling the Notes or otherwise making them available to any retail investor in the UK may be unlawful under the UK PRIIPs Regulation.

Each person in the UK who acquires any notes in the Offer or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company, the underwriters and their affiliates that it meets the criteria outlined in this section.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

This prospectus constitutes an “exempt offering document” as defined in and for the purposes of applicable Canadian securities laws. No prospectus has been filed with any securities commission or similar regulatory authority in Canada in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes. No securities commission or similar regulatory authority in Canada has reviewed or in any way passed upon this prospectus or on the merits of the Notes and any representation to the contrary is an offence.

Canadian investors are advised that this prospectus has been prepared in reliance on section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”). Pursuant to section 3A.3 of NI 33-105, the Company and the underwriters in the offering are exempt from the requirement to provide Canadian investors with certain conflicts of interest disclosure pertaining to “connected issuer” and/or “related issuer” relationships as would otherwise be required pursuant to subsection 2.1(1) of NI 33-105.

Resale Restrictions

The offer and sale of the Notes in Canada is being made on a private placement basis only and is exempt from the requirement that the Company prepares and files a prospectus under applicable Canadian securities laws. Any resale of Notes by a Canadian investor in this offering must be made in accordance with applicable Canadian securities laws, which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made in accordance with Canadian prospectus requirements, a statutory exemption from the prospectus requirements, in a transaction exempt from the prospectus requirements or otherwise under a discretionary exemption from the prospectus requirements granted by the applicable local Canadian securities regulatory authority. These resale restrictions may under certain circumstances apply to resales of the Notes outside of Canada.

Representations of Purchasers

Each Canadian investor who purchases the Notes will be deemed to have represented to the Company, the underwriters and to each dealer from whom a purchase confirmation is received, as applicable, that the investor is (i) purchasing as principal, or is deemed to be purchasing as principal in accordance with applicable Canadian securities laws; (ii) an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in section 1.1 of National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or, in Ontario, as such term is defined in section 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario); and (iii) a “permitted client” as such term is defined in section 1.1 of National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Any discussion of taxation and related matters contained in this prospectus does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a Canadian investor when deciding to purchase the Notes and, in particular, does not address any Canadian tax considerations. No representation or warranty is hereby made as to the tax consequences to a resident, or deemed resident, of Canada of an investment in the Notes or with respect to the eligibility of the Notes for investment by such investor under relevant Canadian federal and provincial legislation and regulations.

S-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Rights of Action for Damages or Rescission

Securities legislation in certain of the Canadian jurisdictions provides certain purchasers of securities pursuant to an offering memorandum (such as this prospectus), including where the distribution involves an “eligible foreign security” as such term is defined in Ontario Securities Commission Rule 45-501 Ontario Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and in Multilateral Instrument 45-107 Listing Representation and Statutory Rights of Action Disclosure Exemptions, as applicable, with a remedy for damages or rescission, or both, in addition to any other rights they may have at law, where the offering memorandum, or other offering document that constitutes an offering memorandum, and any amendment thereto, contains a “misrepresentation” as defined under applicable Canadian securities laws. These remedies, or notice with respect to these remedies, must be exercised or delivered, as the case may be, by the purchaser within the time limits prescribed under, and are subject to limitations and defences under, applicable Canadian securities legislation. In addition, these remedies are in addition to and without derogation from any other right or remedy available at law to the investor.

Language of Documents

Upon receipt of this document, each Canadian investor hereby confirms that it has expressly requested that all documents evidencing or relating in any way to the sale of the securities described herein (including for greater certainty any purchase confirmation or any notice) be drawn up in the English language only. Par la réception de ce document, chaque investisseur canadien confirme par les présentes qu’il a expressément exigé que tous les documents faisant foi ou se rapportant de quelque manière que ce soit à la vente des valeurs mobilières décrites aux présentes (incluant, pour plus de certitude, toute confirmation d’achat ou tout avis) soient rédigés en anglais seulement.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the notes may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the notes be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the notes are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the notes under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).

Where the notes are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the notes under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such

S-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Singapore Securities and Futures Act Product Classification — Solely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to sections 309B(1)(a) and 309B(1)(c) of the SFA, the Company has determined, and hereby notifies all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A of the SFA) that the Notes are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Notice to Prospective Investors in Israel

No action has been, or will be, taken in Israel that would permit an offering of the Notes or a distribution of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus to the public in Israel. In particular, neither the prospectus supplement nor the accompanying prospectus has been reviewed or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. The Notes are being offered to a limited number of qualified investors listed on the first addendum of the Securities Law (a “Qualified Investor”), in all cases under the circumstances that will fall within the private placement exemption of the Israeli Securities Law of 1968 (“Securities Law”). This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose, nor be furnished to any other person other than those to whom copies have been sent. Any investor in the Notes shall be required to declare in writing prior to such purchase that it qualifies as a Qualified Investor, agrees to be deemed a Qualified Investor, and is aware of the consequences of being classified as a Qualified Investor, that it will comply with the guidelines of the Israel Securities Authority with respect to the sale or offer of securities to Qualified Investors (including those published on September 21, 2014), and that it is purchasing the Notes for its own benefit and on its own account and not with the aim or intention of distributing or offering the Notes to other parties. Nothing in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus should be considered ‘investment advice’, or ‘investment marketing’ as defined in the Regulation of Investment Advice, Investment Marketing and Portfolio Management Law of 1995. Any investor who purchases the Notes shall be required to declare in writing that it has the knowledge, expertise and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the risks and merits of an investment in the Notes, without relying on any of the materials provided.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

Warning - The contents of this prospectus supplement have not been reviewed, approved or endorsed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this prospectus supplement, you should obtain independent professional advice.

The Notes have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“SFO”) and any rules made under the SFO, including the Securities and Futures (Professional Investor) Rules (Chapter 571D of the Laws of Hong Kong); or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“CWUMPO”) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CWUMPO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the Notes has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to Notes which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made under the SFO. This prospectus supplement is intended solely for the use of the person to whom it has been delivered for the purpose of evaluating a possible investment by the recipient in the Notes described herein, and is not to be reproduced or distributed to any other persons (other than professional advisors of the prospective investor receiving this prospectus supplement).

S-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notice to Prospective Investors in Saudi Arabia

This prospectus supplement may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Rules on the Offer of Securities and Continuing Obligations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (“CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 3-123-2017 dated 9/4/1439H (corresponding to 27/12/2017G) as amended by resolution number 1-104-2019 dated 01/02/1441H (corresponding to 30/09/2019G), as amended. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus supplement and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this prospectus supplement. Prospective purchasers of the Notes offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the Notes. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Notes offered hereby and certain legal matters for us in connection with the offering will be passed upon for us by Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP. Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP also represents the Adviser. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Ropes & Gray LLP.

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

This prospectus supplement is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the SEC. We are allowed to “incorporate by reference” the information that we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to such information incorporated by reference. The information incorporated by reference is considered to comprise a part of this prospectus supplement from the date we file any such document. Any reports filed by us with the SEC subsequent to the date of this prospectus supplement and before the date that any offering of any securities by means of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is terminated will automatically update and, where applicable, supersede any information contained in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement.

We incorporate by reference into this prospectus supplement our filings listed below and any future filings that we may file with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, subsequent to the date of this prospectus supplement until all of the securities offered by this prospectus supplement have been sold or we otherwise terminate the offering of those securities; provided, however, that information “furnished” under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of Form 8-K or other information “furnished” to the SEC which is not deemed filed is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and any accompanying prospectus. Information that we file with the SEC subsequent to the date of this prospectus supplement will automatically update and may supersede information in this prospectus supplement and other information previously filed with the SEC.

The prospectus supplement incorporates by reference the documents set forth below that have been previously filed with the SEC:

•

our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on February 23, 2021;

•

our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2021 and June 30, 2021, filed with the SEC on May 5, 2021, August 4, 2021,respectively;

•

our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC on July 9, 2021; and

•

our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 23, 2021 (Item 5.02), March 17, 2021, March 19, 2021, April 12, 2021, April 26, 2021, May 7, 2021, May 20, 2021, May 28, 2021, June 11, 2021, June 23, 2021, July 6, 2021 and July 14, 2021.

See “Available Information” in the accompanying prospectus for information on how to obtain a copy of these filings.

S-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS

Owl Rock Capital Corporation

$3,000,000,000
Common Stock
Preferred stock
Subscription Rights
Warrants
Debt Securities

We are an externally managed, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). We have elected to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a BDC and a RIC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements.

In the event we offer common stock, the offering price per share of our common stock less any underwriting discounts or commissions will generally not be less than the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time we make the offering. However, we may issue shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus at a price per share that is less than our net asset value per share (i) in connection with a rights offering to our existing shareholders, (ii) with the prior approval of the majority of our outstanding voting securities or (iii) under such other circumstances as the Securities and Exchange Commission may permit.

The securities may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, or through agents designated from time to time by us, or to or through underwriters or dealers. Each prospectus supplement relating to an offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of the securities, and will disclose any applicable purchase price, fee, discount or commissions arrangement between us and our agents or underwriters or among our underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. See “Plan of Distribution” in this prospectus. We may not sell any of the securities pursuant to this registration statement through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this prospectus and a prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of such securities.

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ORCC.” On June 30, 2020, the last reported sales price of our common stock on the NYSE was $12.33 per share. The net asset value per share of our common stock at March 31, 2020 (the last date prior to the date of this prospectus for which we reported net asset value) was $14.09.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk, including credit risk and the risk of the use of leverage, and is highly speculative. In addition, shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDCs, frequently trade at a discount to their net asset values. Before investing in our securities, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our securities, including the risk of leverage, in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 29 of this prospectus, Part I, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Part II, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS” in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings, and in, or incorporated by reference into, the applicable prospectus supplement and in any free writing prospectuses we may authorize for use in connection with a specific offering, and under similar headings in the other documents that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in our securities. Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. We also file periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). This information is available free of charge by contacting us at 399 Park Avenue, 38th floor, New York, NY 10022, calling us at (212) 419-3000 or visiting our corporate website located at www.owlrockcapitalcorporation.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into or a part of this prospectus. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains this information.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is July 9, 2020.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of an automatic shelf registration statement that we have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Under the shelf registration process, which constitutes a delayed offering in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act, we may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $3 billion of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock, or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities on terms to be determined at the time of the offering.

The securities may be offered at prices and on terms described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities that we may offer. Each time we use this prospectus to offer securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. We may also authorize one or more free writing prospectuses to be provided to you that may contain material information relating to these offerings. Such prospectus supplement and/or free writing prospectus (collectively referred to hereinafter as a “prospectus supplement”) may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus or in the documents we incorporate by reference herein. This prospectus and the prospectus supplement, together with any documents incorporated by reference herein, will include all material information relating to the applicable offering.

Please carefully read this prospectus and the prospectus supplement, together with any documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, any exhibits and the additional information described or incorporated by reference under the headings “Available Information,” “Incorporation of Certain Information By Reference,” “Prospectus Summary” and “Risk Factors” before you make an investment decision.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider before investing in our securities. You should read our entire prospectus before investing in our securities. Throughout this prospectus we refer to Owl Rock Capital Corporation as “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company,” and to “Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC,” our investment adviser, as “Owl Rock Capital Advisors,” “ORCA” or the “Adviser.”

Owl Rock Capital Corporation

We were formed on October 15, 2015 as a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland. We are a specialty finance company focused on lending to U.S. middle-market companies. Since we began investment activities in April 2016 through March 31, 2020, our Adviser and its affiliates have originated $21.0 billion aggregate principal amount of investments, of which $19.4 billion of aggregate principal amount of investments, prior to any subsequent exits or repayments, was retained by either us or a corporation or fund advised by our Adviser or its affiliates. Our capital will be used by our portfolio companies to support growth, acquisitions, market or product expansion, refinancings and/or recapitalizations.

On July 22, 2019, we closed our initial public offering (“IPO”), issuing 10 million shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $15.30 per share, and on August 2, 2019, the underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 1.5 million shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $15.30 per share. Net of underwriting fees and offering costs, we received total cash proceeds of $164.0 million. Our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “ORCC” on July 18, 2019.

We define “middle market companies” to generally mean companies with earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) between $10 million and $250 million annually, and/or annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and syndicated loan markets. We generally seek to invest in companies with a loan-to-value ratio of 50% or below. Our target credit investments will typically have maturities between three and ten years and generally range in size between $20 million and $250 million. The investment size will vary with the size of our capital base. The debt in which we invest typically is not rated by any rating agency, but if these instruments were rated, they would likely receive a rating of below investment grade (that is, below BBB – or Baa3), which is often referred to as “high yield” or “junk.” As of March 31, 2020, our average debt investment size in each of our portfolio companies was approximately $89.1 million based on fair value. As of March 31, 2020, our portfolio companies, excluding the investment in Sebago Lake LLC, a joint venture between us and The Regents of the University of California, and certain investments that fall outside of our typical borrower profile, represented 95.9% of our total portfolio based on fair value, had weighted average annual revenue of $416 million and weighted average annual EBITDA of $83 million.

We invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity and equity-related securities including warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. Our investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. While we believe that current market conditions favor extending credit to middle market companies in the United States, our investment strategy is intended to generate favorable returns across credit cycles with an emphasis on preserving capital.

We are an externally managed, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We have elected to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, as a RIC under the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a BDC and a RIC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. As a BDC, at least 70% of our assets must be assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, as described herein. We will not invest more than 20% of our total assets in companies whose principal place of business is outside the United States. See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Regulation as a Business Development Company” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, and “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in this prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A BDC generally may borrow money from time to time if immediately after such borrowing, the ratio of the BDC’s total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness represented by senior securities) to its total indebtedness represented by senior securities plus preferred stock, if any, or its “asset coverage,” is at least 200%. However, recent legislation has modified the 1940 Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. This means that, generally, a BDC may borrow up to $1 for every $1 of investor equity, or, if certain conditions are met, a BDC may borrow up to $2 for every $1 of investor equity. A BDC is permitted to increase its leverage capacity if shareholders representing at least a majority of the votes cast, when quorum is met, approve a proposal to do so. If the BDC receives such shareholder approval, it would be permitted to increase its leverage capacity on the first day after such approval. Alternatively, a BDC may increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur to an asset coverage ratio of 150% if the required majority (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of the independent members of its board of directors approves such increase with such approval becoming effective after one year.

On March 31, 2020, our Board, including a “required majority” (as such term is defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our Board, approved the application of the modified asset coverage requirements to us, effective March 31, 2021. However, on June 8, 2020, our shareholders approved a proposal that allows us to reduce our minimum asset coverage to 150%, effective June 9, 2020. See Part II, Item 7 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Leverage” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Part I, Item 2 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Leverage” in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and “Prospectus Summary — Recent Developments” in this prospectus.

As of March 31, 2020, we had in place a senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and four special purpose vehicle asset credit facilities (the “SPV Asset Facility I,” the “SPV Asset Facility II,” the “SPV Asset Facility III,” and the “SPV Asset Facility IV,” respectively), and in the future may enter into additional credit facilities. As of March 31, 2020, we had issued unsecured notes maturing in 2023 (the “2023 Notes”) in a private placement and unsecured notes maturing in 2024, March 2025, and July 2025 (the “2024 Notes,” the “2025 Notes” and the “July 2025 Notes,” respectively) in registered offerings and in the future may issue additional unsecured notes. In addition, as of March 31, 2020, we had entered into three term debt securitization transactions, also known as collateralized loan obligation transactions (“CLO I,” “CLO II” and “CLO III,” respectively) and in the future may enter into additional collateralized loan obligation transactions. Subsequent to March 31, 2020, we entered into a fourth term debt securitization transaction (“CLO IV”) and terminated the SPV Asset Facility I. See our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed May 28, 2020 and June 2, 2020, respectively. We expect to use our credit facilities and other borrowings, along with proceeds from the rotation of our portfolio, to finance our investment objectives. See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Regulation as a Business Development Company” and Part II, Item 7 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Debt” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, and Part I, Item 2 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Debt” in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Investment Portfolio

As of March 31, 2020, based on fair value, our portfolio consisted of 80.1% first lien senior secured debt investments (of which 40% we consider to be unitranche debt investments (including “last out” portions of such loans)), 17.6% second lien senior secured debt investments, 1.0% investment funds and vehicles, and 1.3% equity investments. As of March 31, 2020, 100.0% of our debt investments based on fair value in

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our portfolio were at floating rates. As of March 31, 2020, we had investments in 101 portfolio companies with an aggregate fair value of $8.9 billion.

As of March 31, 2020, our portfolio was invested across 27 different industries. The largest industries in our portfolio as of March 31, 2020 were internet software and services and professional services, which represented, as a percentage of our portfolio, 8.6% and 8.1%, respectively, based on fair value.

As of March 31, 2020, our weighted average total yield of the portfolio at fair value and amortized cost was 8.3% and 7.9%, respectively, and our weighted average yield of debt and income producing securities at fair value and amortized cost was 8.4% and 8.0%, respectively.

As of March 31, 2020, our portfolio companies, excluding the investment in Sebago Lake LLC and certain investments that fall outside of our typical borrower profile, represented 95.9% of our total portfolio based on fair value, had weighted average annual revenue of $416 million and weighted average annual EBITDA of $83 million.

Corporate Structure

Our portfolio is subject to diversification and other requirements because we have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act and as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We made our BDC election on March 3, 2016. We intend to maintain these elections. See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Regulation as a Business Development Company” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on these requirements.

The following chart depicts our ownership structure:

(1)

From time to time we may form wholly-owned subsidiaries to facilitate the normal course of business.

The Adviser and Administrator — Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC

The Adviser serves as our investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between us and the Adviser. See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Investment Advisory Agreement” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Adviser also serves as our Administrator pursuant to an Administration Agreement between us and the Adviser which was entered into on March 1, 2016 (the “Administration Agreement”). See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Administration Agreement” in our most recent Annual

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report on Form 10-K. The Adviser is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Owl Rock Capital Partners LP (“Owl Rock Capital Partners”). Owl Rock Capital Partners is led by its three co-founders, Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer. The Adviser’s investment team (the “Investment Team”) is also led by Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer and is supported by certain members of the Adviser’s senior executive team and the investment committee (the “Investment Committee”). The Investment Committee is comprised of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer and Alexis Maged. The Adviser has limited operating history. Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser manages our day-to-day operations, and provides investment advisory and management services to us.

The Adviser also serves as investment adviser to Owl Rock Capital Corporation II. Owl Rock Capital Corporation II is a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Maryland that, like us, has elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. Owl Rock Capital Corporation II’s investment objective is similar to ours, which is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. As of March 31, 2020, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II had raised gross proceeds of approximately $1.1 billion, including seed capital contributed by the Adviser in September 2016 and approximately $10.0 million in gross proceeds raised from certain individuals and entities affiliated with the Adviser.

The Adviser is affiliated with Owl Rock Technology Advisors LLC (“ORTA”), Owl Rock Diversified Advisors LLC (“ORDA”), and Owl Rock Capital Private Fund Advisors LLC (“ORPFA” and collectively with the Adviser, ORTA and ORDA, the “Owl Rock Advisers”), which also are investment advisers and subsidiaries of Owl Rock Capital Partners. The Adviser, ORTA, ORDA, ORPFA and Owl Rock Capital Partners are referred to, collectively, as “Owl Rock.” ORTA’s, ORDA’s, and ORPFA’s investment teams are led by Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer. ORTA serves as investment adviser to Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., ORDA serves as investment adviser to, among other clients, Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, and ORPFA serves as investment adviser to, among other clients, Owl Rock First Lien Master Fund, L.P.

Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. is a BDC and its investment objective is to maximize total return by generating current income from its debt investments and other income producing securities, and capital appreciation from its equity and equity-linked investments. Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. has adopted a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its assets in technology-related companies. Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. conducts private offerings of its common stock to investors in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. As of March 31, 2020, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. had approximately $2.7 billion in total capital commitments from investors ($1.8 billion undrawn), of which $72.2 million is from entities affiliated with or related to the Adviser ($48.4 million undrawn). Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. conducts private offerings of its common stock to investors in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Owl Rock Capital Corporation III is a BDC and its investment objective is similar to ours, which is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. Owl Rock Capital Corporation III conducts private offerings of its common stock to investors in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Owl Rock First Lien Master Fund intends to originate and make loans to, and make debt investments in, U.S. middle market companies.

In addition to Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Owl Rock First Lien Master Fund, L.P., the Owl Rock Advisers may provide management or investment advisory services to entities that have overlapping objectives with us. The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to us and others. In order to address these conflicts, the Owl Rock Advisers have put in place an allocation policy that addresses the allocation of investment opportunities as well as co-investment restrictions under the 1940 Act.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally are permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, and (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing. The Owl Rock Advisers’ allocation policy incorporates the conditions of the exemptive relief. As a result of the exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolio of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and/or other funds established by the Adviser or its affiliates that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief. See Part I, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS — Risks Related to our Adviser and its Affiliates — We may compete for capital and investment opportunities with other entities managed by our Adviser or its affiliates, subjecting our Adviser to certain conflicts of interest” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings.

The Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees. These protections may lead our Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting on its own account. See Part I, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS — Risks Related to our Adviser and its Affiliates — The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for issuers in which we invest” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings.

Investment Advisory Agreement

On March 1, 2016, we entered into an investment advisory agreement (the “Original Investment Advisory Agreement”) with the Adviser, which, with the approval of the Board, including a majority of our independent directors, was amended and restated on February 27, 2019 (as amended and restated, the “First Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement”) to reduce the fees that the Company would pay the Adviser following the listing of our common stock on a national securities exchange. On February 19, 2020, the Board approved the continuation of the First Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement. On March 31, 2020, the Board determined to amend and restate the First Amendment and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement to reduce the management fee payable to the Adviser when the Company’s asset coverage ratio, calculated in accordance with Section 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act is below 200% (as amended and restated, the “Investment Advisory Agreement”).

Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for managing our business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring its investments, and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals.

We pay the Adviser an investment advisory fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components: a Management Fee and an Incentive Fee. The cost of both the Management Fee and the Incentive Fee will ultimately be borne by our shareholders.

The Management Fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The Management Fee is payable at an annual rate of (x) 1.50% of our average gross assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents, but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts) that is above an asset coverage ratio of 200% calculated in accordance with Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act and (y) 1.00% of our average gross assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents, but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts) that is below an asset coverage ratio of 200% calculated in accordance with Section 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act, in each case, at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. The Management Fee for any partial month or quarter, as the case may be, will be appropriately prorated and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the relevant calendar months or quarters, as the case may be. For purposes of the Investment Advisory Agreement, gross assets means our total assets determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with

TABLE OF CONTENTS

generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, excluding cash and cash equivalents, but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts.

The Incentive Fee consists of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. A portion of the Incentive Fee is based on our income and a portion is based on our capital gains, each as described below. The portion of the Incentive Fee based on income is determined and paid quarterly in arrears commencing with the first calendar quarter following July 18, 2019, the date of our listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Listing Date”), and equals 100% of the pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of a 1.5% quarterly “hurdle rate,” until the Adviser has received 17.5% of the total pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for that calendar quarter and, for pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of 1.82% quarterly, 17.5% of all remaining pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for that calendar quarter. The 100% “catch-up” provision for pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of the 1.5% “hurdle rate” is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 17.5% on all pre-Incentive Fee net investment income when that amount equals 1.82% in a calendar quarter (7.27% annualized), which is the rate at which catch-up is achieved. Once the “hurdle rate” is reached and catch-up is achieved, 17.5% of any pre- Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of 1.82% in any calendar quarter is payable to the Adviser.

The second component of the incentive fee, the capital gains incentive fee, payable at the end of each calendar year in arrears, equals 17.5% of cumulative realized capital gains from July 18, 2019, the Listing Date, to the end of each calendar year, less cumulative realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation from the Listing Date to the end of each calendar year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fee for prior periods. In no event will the capital gains incentive fee payable pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement be in excess of the amount permitted by the Advisers Act, including Section 205 thereof.

In addition, the Adviser agreed at all times prior to the fifteen-month anniversary of the Listing Date, to waive (i) any portion of the Management Fee that is in excess of 0.75% of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, calculated in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement, and (ii) the Incentive Fee (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Capital Gains Incentive Fee). See Part I, Item 1”BUSINESS — Compensation of the Adviser” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K further information.

Administration Agreement

On March 1, 2016, we entered into an Administration Agreement with the Adviser, which was re-approved by the Board, including a majority of our independent directors, on February 19, 2020. Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Adviser performs, or oversees, the performance of, required administrative services, which includes providing office space, equipment and office services, maintaining financial records, preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC, and managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others. The Administration Agreement also provides that we reimburse the Adviser for certain organization costs incurred prior to the commencement of our operations, and for certain offering costs. We reimburse the Adviser for services performed for it pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Adviser may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and we will reimburse the Adviser for any services performed for it by such affiliate or third party. See Part I, Item 1”BUSINESS — Administration Agreement” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Market Trends

Limited Availability of Capital for Middle-Market Companies. We believe that regulatory and structural changes in the market have reduced the amount of capital available to U.S. middle-market

TABLE OF CONTENTS

companies. In particular, we believe there are currently fewer providers of capital to middle market companies. We believe that many commercial and investment banks have, in recent years, de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle-market businesses in favor of lending to large corporate clients and managing capital markets transactions. In addition, these lenders may be constrained in their ability to underwrite and hold bank loans and high yield securities for middle-market issuers as they seek to meet existing and future regulatory capital requirements. We also believe that there is a lack of market participants that are willing to hold meaningful amounts of certain middle-market loans. As a result, we believe our ability to minimize syndication risk for a company seeking financing by being able to hold its loans without having to syndicate them, coupled with reduced capacity of traditional lenders to serve the middle-market, present an attractive opportunity to invest in middle-market companies.

Robust Demand for Debt Capital. We believe U.S. middle market companies will continue to require access to debt capital to refinance existing debt, support growth and finance acquisitions. In addition, we believe the large amount of uninvested capital held by funds of private equity firms, estimated by Preqin Ltd., an alternative assets industry data and research company, to be $1.5 trillion as of June 2019, will continue to drive deal activity. We expect that private equity sponsors will continue to pursue acquisitions and leverage their equity investments with secured loans provided by companies such as us.

The Middle Market is a Large Addressable Market. According to GE Capital’s National Center for the Middle Market 4th quarter 2019 Middle Market Indicator, there are approximately 200,000 U.S. middle market companies, which have approximately 47.9 million aggregate employees. Moreover, the U.S. middle market accounts for one-third of private sector gross domestic product (“GDP”). GE defines U.S. middle market companies as those between $10 million and $1 billion in annual revenue, which we believe has significant overlap with our definition of U.S. middle market companies.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

we believe BDC managers’ expertise in credit selection and ability to manage through credit cycles has generally resulted in BDCs experiencing lower loss rates than U.S. commercial banks through credit cycles. Further, we believe that historical middle market default rates have been lower, and recovery rates have been higher, as compared to the larger market capitalization, broadly distributed market, leading to lower cumulative losses. Lastly, we believe that in the current environment, with the economic shutdown resulting from the COVID-19 national health emergency, lenders with available capital may be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities as the economy re-opens and may be able to achieve improved economic spreads and documentation terms.

Potential Competitive Advantages

We believe that our Adviser’s disciplined approach to origination, fundamental credit analysis, portfolio construction and risk management should allow us to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns while preserving our capital. We believe that we represent an attractive investment opportunity for the following reasons:

Distinctive Origination Platform. To date, a substantial majority of our investments have been sourced directly. We believe that our origination platform provides us the ability to originate investments without the assistance of investment banks or other traditional Wall Street intermediaries. The Investment Team includes over 50 investment professionals and is responsible for originating, underwriting, executing and managing the assets of our direct lending transactions and for sourcing and executing opportunities directly. The Investment Team has significant experience as transaction originators and building and maintaining strong relationships with private equity sponsors and companies.

The Investment Team also maintains direct contact with banks, corporate advisory firms, industry consultants, attorneys, investment banks, “club” investors and other potential sources of lending

TABLE OF CONTENTS

opportunities. We believe our Adviser’s ability to source through multiple channels allows us to generate investment opportunities that have more attractive risk-adjusted return characteristics than by relying solely on origination flow from investment banks or other intermediaries and to be more selective investors.

Since its inception through March 31, 2020, our Adviser and its affiliates have reviewed over 4,400 opportunities and have sourced potential investment opportunities from over 470 private equity sponsors and venture capital firms. We believe that our Adviser receives “early looks” and “last looks” based on its relationships, allowing it to be highly selective in the transactions it pursues.

Active Portfolio Monitoring. Our Adviser closely monitors the investments in our portfolio and takes a proactive approach to identifying and addressing sector- or company-specific risks. Our Adviser receives and reviews detailed financial information from portfolio companies no less than quarterly and seeks to maintain regular dialogue with portfolio company management teams regarding current and forecasted performance. Although we may invest in “covenant-lite” loans, which generally do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants, we anticipate that many of our investments will have financial covenants that we believe will provide an early warning of potential problems facing our borrowers, allowing lenders, including us, to identify and carefully manage risk.

Structure of Investments

Our investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Unitranche loans. Unitranche loans (including “last out” portion of such loans) combine features of first-lien, second-lien and mezzanine debt, generally in a first-lien position. In many cases, we may provide the issuer most, if not all, of the capital structure above their equity. The primary advantages to the issuer are the ability to negotiate the entire debt financing with one lender and the elimination of intercreditor issues. “Last out” first-lien loans have a secondary priority behind super-senior “first out” first-lien loans in the collateral securing the loans in certain circumstances. The arrangements for a “last out” first-lien loan are set forth in an “agreement among lenders,” which provides lenders with “first out” and “last out” payment streams based on a single lien on the collateral. Since the “first out” lenders generally have priority over the “last out” lenders for receiving payment under certain specified events of default, or upon the occurrence of other triggering events under intercreditor agreements or agreements among lenders, the “last out” lenders bear a greater risk and, in exchange, receive a higher effective interest rate, through arrangements among the lenders, than the “first out” lenders or lenders in stand-alone first-lien loans. Agreements among lenders also typically provide greater voting rights to the “last out” lenders than the intercreditor agreements to which second-lien lenders often are subject. Among the types of first-lien debt in which we may invest, “last out” first-lien loans generally have higher effective interest rates than other types of first-lien loans, since “last out” first-lien loans rank below standalone first-lien loans.

•

requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk;

•

negotiating covenants in connection with our investments consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative covenants (including reporting requirements),

TABLE OF CONTENTS

negative covenants (including financial covenants), lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation rights or rights to a seat on the board under some circumstances; and

•

including debt amortization requirements, where appropriate, to require the timely repayment of principal of the loan, as well as appropriate maturity dates.

Operating and Regulatory Structure

We are an externally-managed, closed-end management investment company that filed an election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in this prospectus. Our investment activities are managed by our Adviser and supervised by our Board, a majority of whom are not “interested persons” of the Company or of our Adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and are “independent,” as determined by our Board. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Regulation as a Business Development Company”in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Use of Leverage

The amount of leverage we use in any period depends on a variety of factors, including cash available for investing, the cost of financing and general economic and market conditions. Generally, pursuant to the 1940 Act, a BDC’s total borrowings are limited so that it cannot incur additional borrowings if immediately after such borrowing, the ratio of its total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness represented by senior securities) to its total indebtedness represented by senior securities plus preferred stock, if any, is at least 200%; however, legislation enacted in March 2018 has modified the 1940 Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. The reduced asset coverage requirement would permit a BDC to double the amount of leverage it could incur. This means that generally, a BDC can borrow up to $1 for every $1 of investor equity or, if certain requirements are met and it reduces its asset coverage ratio, it can borrow up to $2 for every $1 of investor equity. A BDC is permitted to increase its leverage capacity if shareholders representing at least a majority of the votes cast, when quorum is met, approve a proposal to do so. If the BDC receives such shareholder approval, it would be permitted to increase its leverage capacity on the first day after such approval. Alternatively, a BDC may increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur to an asset coverage ratio of 150% if the “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of the independent members of its board of directors approve such increase with such approval becoming effective after one year. In either case, the BDC would be required to make certain disclosures on its website and in SEC filings regarding, among other things, the receipt of approval to increase its leverage, its leverage capacity and usage, and risks related to leverage. See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Regulation as a Business Development Company” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

On March 31, 2020, our Board, including the “required majority” thereof (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act), approved the application of the minimum asset coverage ratio of 150% to the Company, with such reduced asset coverage to become effective on March 31, 2021. However, on June 8, 2020, shareholders representing the majority of votes cast, approved a proposal to allow us to reduce our minimum asset coverage requirement to 150% effective June 9, 2020. See “Prospectus Summary — Recent Developments” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — Legislation enacted in March 2018 may allow us to incur additional leverage” in this prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In any period, our interest expense will depend largely on the extent of our borrowing and we expect interest expense will increase as we increase our leverage over time subject to the limits of the 1940 Act. In addition, we may dedicate assets to financing facilities.

As of March 31, 2020, we had in place a Revolving Credit Facility, the SPV Asset Facility I, the SPV Asset Facility II, the SPV Asset Facility III, and the SPV Asset Facility IV, and in the future may enter into additional credit facilities. As of March 31, 2020, we had issued the 2023 Notes in a private placement and the 2024 Notes, the 2025 Notes and the July 2025 Notes in registered offerings and in the future may issue additional unsecured notes. In addition, as of March 31, 2020, we had entered into CLO I, CLO II and CLO III and in the future may enter into additional collateralized loan obligation transactions. Subsequent to March 31, 2020, we entered into CLO IV and terminated the SPV Asset Facility I.

As of March 31, 2020, we had approximately $3.7 billion of debt outstanding with approximately $1.6 billion available under our existing credit facilities. As of March 31, 2020, our asset coverage ratio was 246%. See Part II, Item 7 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Debt” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Part I, Item 2 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Debt” in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and Part I, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS — Risks Related to Our Business — To the extent that we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available to service our debt or for distribution to our shareholders, and result in losses,” and “— Risks Related to Business Development Companies — Regulations governing our operation as a business development company and RIC affect our ability to raise capital and the way in which we raise additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth. As a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including risks associated with leverage” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as in our subsequent SEC filings.

Conflicts of Interests

We have entered into both the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement with the Adviser. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay the Adviser a base management fee and an incentive fee. See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Investment Advisory Agreement” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of how the fees payable to the Adviser will be determined. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, we will reimburse the Adviser for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations. See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Administration Agreement” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of services for which we will reimburse to the Adviser. In addition, the Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees.

Our executive officers, certain of our directors and certain other finance professionals of Owl Rock Capital Partners also serve as executives of the Owl Rock Advisers and officers and directors of the Company and certain professionals of Owl Rock Capital Partners and the Adviser are officers of Owl Rock Capital Securities LLC. In addition, our executive officers and directors and the members of the Adviser and members of its investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same, or a related, line of business as we do (including the Owl Rock Advisers) including serving on their respective investment committees and/or on the investment committees of investments funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by our affiliates which may have investment objectives similar to our investment objective. At times we may compete with these other entities managed by the Adviser as well as entities managed by the other Owl Rock Advisers, including Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, and Owl Rock First Lien Master Fund L.P. (the “Owl Rock Clients”), for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by the Owl Rock Clients. This can create a potential conflict when allocating investment opportunities among us and such other Owl Rock Clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of the Adviser and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients and affiliates due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act. However, in order

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for the Adviser and its affiliates to fulfill their fiduciary duties to each of their clients, the Owl Rock Advisers have put in place an investment allocation policy that seeks to ensure the fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities over time and addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act.

Allocation of Investment Opportunities

The Owl Rock Advisers’ allocation policy is designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between the Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to us and its or its affiliates’ similar fiduciary obligations to other clients, including Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, and Owl Rock First Lien Master Fund L.P.; however, there can be no assurance that the Owl Rock Advisers’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to us. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in our favor.

The allocation of investment opportunities among us and any of the other investment funds sponsored or accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates may not always, and often will not, be proportional. In general, pursuant to the Owl Rock Advisers’ allocation policy, the process for making an allocation determination includes an assessment as to whether a particular investment opportunity (including any follow-on investment in, or disposition from, an existing portfolio company held by the Company or another investment fund or account) is suitable for us or another investment fund or account including Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, and Owl Rock First Lien Master Fund L.P. In making this assessment, the Owl Rock Advisers may consider a variety of factors, including, without limitation: the investment objectives, guidelines and strategies applicable to the investment fund or account; the nature of the investment, including its risk-return profile and expected holding period; portfolio diversification and concentration concerns; the liquidity needs of the investment fund or account; the ability of the investment fund or account to accommodate structural, timing and other aspects of the investment process; the life cycle of the investment fund or account; legal, tax and regulatory requirements and restrictions, including, as applicable, compliance with the 1940 Act (including requirements and restrictions pertaining to co-investment opportunities discussed below); compliance with existing agreements of the investment fund or account; the available capital of the investment fund or account; diversification requirements for BDCs or RICs; the gross asset value and net asset value of the investment fund or account; the current and targeted leverage levels for the investment fund or account; and portfolio construction considerations. The relevance of each of these criteria will vary from investment opportunity to investment opportunity. In circumstances where the investment objectives of multiple investment funds or accounts regularly overlap, while the specific facts and circumstances of each allocation decision will be determinative, the Owl Rock Advisers may afford prior decisions precedential value.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain allocations may be more advantageous to us relative to one or all of the other investment funds, or vice versa. While the Owl Rock Advisers will seek to allocate investment opportunities in a way that it believes in good faith is fair and equitable over time, there can be no assurance that our actual allocation of an investment opportunity, if any, or terms on which the allocation is made, will be as favorable as they would be if the conflicts of interest to which the Adviser may be subject did not exist.

Exemptive Relief

We, the Adviser and certain of its affiliates have been granted exemptive relief by the SEC to co-invest with other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally are permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, and (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing. The Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy incorporates the conditions of the exemptive relief. As a result of the exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolio of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. and/or other funds established by the Adviser or its affiliates that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief.See Part I, Item 1”BUSINESS — Affiliated Transactions” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In addition, pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC on April 8, 2020 and applicable to all BDCs, through December 31, 2020, we may, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, co-invest in our existing portfolio companies with certain other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates and covered by our exemptive relief, even if such other funds have not previously invested in such existing portfolio company. Without this order, affiliated funds would not be able to participate in such co-investments with us unless the affiliated funds had previously acquired securities of the portfolio company in a co-investment transaction with us. Owl Rock Advisers’ allocation policy seeks to ensure equitable allocation of investment opportunities over time between us and other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates. As a result of the exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolio of other funds established by the Adviser or its affiliates that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief.

Stock Repurchase Plan

On July 7, 2019, our Board approved a stock repurchase plan (the “Company 10b5-1 Plan”), to acquire up to $150 million in the aggregate of our common stock at prices below our net asset value per share over a specified period, in accordance with the guidelines specified in Rule 10b-18 and Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act. We put the Company 10b5-1 Plan in place because we believe that, in the current market conditions, if our common stock is trading below our then-current net asset value per share, it is in the best interest of our shareholders for us to reinvest in our portfolio.

The Company 10b5-1 Plan is intended to allow us to repurchase our common stock at times when we otherwise might be prevented from doing so under insider trading laws. The Company 10b5-1 Plan requires Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, as our agent, to repurchase shares of common stock on our behalf when the market price per share is below the most recently reported net asset value per share (including any updates,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

corrections or adjustments publicly announced by us to any previously announced net asset value per share). Under the Company 10b5-1 Plan, the agent will increase the volume of purchases made as the price of our common stock declines, subject to volume restrictions. The timing and amount of any stock repurchases will depend on the terms and conditions of the Company 10b5-1 Plan, the market price of our common stock and trading volumes, and no assurance can be given that any particular amount of common stock will be repurchased.

The purchase of shares pursuant to the Company 10b5-1 Plan is intended to satisfy the conditions of Rule 10b5-1 and Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, and will otherwise be subject to applicable law, including Regulation M, which may prohibit purchases under certain circumstances. See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Repurchase Offers” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company 10b5-1 Plan commenced on August 19, 2019 and terminates upon the earliest to occur of (i) 18-months (tolled for periods during which the Company 10b5-1 Plan is suspended), (ii) the end of the trading day on which the aggregate purchase price for all shares purchased under the Company 10b5-1 Plan equals $150 million and (iii) the occurrence of certain other events described in the Company 10b5-1 Plan. As of March 31, 2020, we have acquired 4,096,546 shares for approximately $48.0 million, pursuant to the Company 10b5-1 Plan.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 399 Park Avenue, 38th floor, New York, NY 10022 and our telephone number is (212) 419-3000. Our corporate website is located at www.owlrockcapitalcorporation.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into or a part of this prospectus.

Recent Developments

Results of the 2020 Annual Meeting

The Company held its Annual Meeting of Shareholders on June 8, 2020 and submitted three matters to the vote of the shareholders. First, shareholders elected two members of the board of directors of the Company, each to serve until the 2023 annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Next, shareholders ratified the appointment of KPMG LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020. Finally, shareholders approved a proposal to allow the Company to reduce its asset coverage ratio to 150%, pursuant to Section 61(a)(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, to become effective the date after the Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Risk Factors

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk and may be considered speculative. You should carefully consider the information found under the captions Part I, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Part II, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS” in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our securities. Risks involved in an investment in us include:

•

we have a limited operating history;

•

price declines in the corporate leveraged loan market, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation and the incurrence of realized losses;

•

economic recessions or downturns, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results;

•

our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our Adviser’s ability to manage and support our investment process. If our Adviser were to lose a significant number of its key professionals, or terminate the Advisory Agreement, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC affect our ability to raise capital and the way in which we raise additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth;

•

recent legislation allows us to incur additional leverage;

•

the interest rates of our term loans to our portfolio companies that extend beyond 2021 might be subject to change based on recent regulatory changes, including the decommissioning of LIBOR;

•

to the extent that we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us;

•

we may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay further deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses;

•

because our business model depends to a significant extent upon the Adviser’s relationships with corporations, financial institutions and investment firms, the inability of our Adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business;

•

we may be obligated to pay our Adviser incentive fees even if we incur a net loss due to a decline in the value of our portfolio and even if our earned interest income is not payable in cash;

•

we will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to maintain our tax treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or if we make investments through taxable subsidiaries;

•

we may compete for capital and investment opportunities with other entities managed by our Adviser or its affiliates, subjecting our Adviser to certain conflicts of interest;

•

the Adviser and its affiliates, including our officers and some of our directors, may face conflicts of interest caused by compensation arrangements with us and our affiliates which could result in increased risk taken by us;

•

our Board may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or shareholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse to our shareholders;

•

changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy;

•

our investment portfolio is recorded at fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with procedures established by our Board and, as a result, there is and will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments;

•

the lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business;

•

we generally will not control the business operations of our portfolio companies and, due to the illiquid nature of our holdings in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interest in our portfolio companies;

•

we will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates;

•

defaults by our portfolio companies could jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity investment that we hold which could harm our operating results;

•

subordinated liens on collateral securing debt investments that we may make to portfolio companies may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and us;

•

our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted;

•

international investments create additional risks;

•

the amount of any distributions we may make on our common stock is uncertain. We may not be able to pay you distributions, or be able to sustain distributions at any particular level, and our distributions per share, if any, may not grow over time, and our distributions per share may be reduced; and

•

the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING SUMMARY

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $3 billion of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, on terms to be determined at the time of the offering. We will offer our securities at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The offering price per share of our common stock, less any underwriting commissions or discounts, generally will not be less than the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time of such an offering. However, we may issue shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus at a price per share that is less than our net asset value per share (a) in connection with a rights offering to our existing shareholders, (b) with the prior approval of the majority of our outstanding voting securities or (c) under such other circumstances as the SEC may permit. Any such issuance of shares of our common stock below net asset value may be dilutive to the net asset value of our common stock. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Offerings Pursuant to this Prospectus” below and Part I, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS — Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings for more information.

We may offer our securities directly to one or more purchasers, including existing shareholders in a rights offering by us, through agents that we designate from time to time or to or through underwriters or dealers. The prospectus supplement relating to each offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of our securities, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between us and the agents or underwriters or among the underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. See “Plan of Distribution” in this prospectus. We may not sell any of the securities pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this prospectus and a prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of our securities.

Set forth below is additional information regarding offerings of our securities:

Use of Proceeds

Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, we intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our securities for general corporate purposes, which may include, among other things, investing in accordance with our investment objective and repaying indebtedness (which will be subject to reborrowing).

Each supplement to this prospectus relating to an offering will more fully identify the use of the proceeds from such offering.

See “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus.

Symbol on the New York Stock Exchange

“ORCC”

Distributions

We intend to pay quarterly distributions to our shareholders out of assets legally available for distribution.

The specific tax characteristics of our distributions will be reported to shareholders after the end of the calendar year. Future quarterly dividends, if any, will be determined by our Board. See “Distributions” in this prospectus.

To maintain our tax treatment as a RIC, we must make certain distributions. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company” in this prospectus.

Taxation

We have elected to be treated as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we intend to operate in a manner so as to continue to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to RICs. Our tax treatment as a RIC will enable us to deduct from our taxable income qualifying distributions to our shareholders, so that we will be subject to

TABLE OF CONTENTS

corporate-level U.S. federal income taxation only in respect of earnings that we retain and do not distribute.

To maintain our status as a RIC and to avoid being subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income taxation on our earnings, we must, among other things:

•

maintain our election under the 1940 Act to be treated as a BDC;

•

derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities and other specified categories of investment income; and

•

maintain diversified holdings.

In addition, to receive tax treatment as a RIC, we must distribute (or be treated as distributing) in each taxable year dividends for tax purposes equal to at least 90% of our investment company taxable income and net tax-exempt income for that taxable year.

As a RIC, we generally will not be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on our investment company taxable income and net capital gains that we distribute to shareholders as dividends. If we fail to distribute our investment company taxable income or net capital gains on a timely basis, we will be subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. We may choose to carry forward investment company taxable income in excess of current year distributions into the next tax year and pay a 4% excise tax on such income. Any carryover of investment company taxable income or net capital gains must be timely declared and distributed as a dividend in the taxable year following the taxable year in which the income or gains were earned. See “Distributions” and “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in this prospectus.

Leverage

As a BDC, we are permitted under the 1940 Act to borrow funds or issue “senior securities” to finance a portion of our investments. As a result, we are exposed to the risks of leverage, which may be considered a speculative investment technique.

Leverage increases the potential for gain and loss on amounts invested and, as a result, increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. Prior to June 9, 2020, with certain limited exceptions, we were permitted to issue “senior securities,” including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions only in amounts such that the ratio of our total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness represented by senior securities) to our total indebtedness represented by senior securities plus preferred stock, if any, was at least 200% after such incurrence or issuance. This meant that, prior to June 9, 2020, we generally could borrow up to $1 for every $1 of investor equity. On March 31, 2020 our Board, including a “required majority” of the independent directors (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act), approved the application of a 150% minimum asset coverage to us, effective March 31, 2021. However, on June 8, 2020, shareholders representing the majority of votes cast approved a proposal to apply the 150% minimum asset coverage requirement to us beginning on June 9, 2020. See Part II, Item 7 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Leverage” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Part I, Item 2 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Leverage” in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and “Prospectus Summary — Recent Developments” in this prospectus. As a result, beginning June 9, 2020, we may borrow up to $2 for every $1 of investor equity.

The costs associated with our borrowings, including any increase in the management fee payable to the Adviser, are borne by our shareholders. See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Regulation as a Business Development Company” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K.

As of March 31, 2020, our asset coverage was 246%.

Dividend reinvestment plan

We have adopted an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our shareholders. As a result, if we declare a cash dividend or other distribution, each shareholder that has not “opted out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their dividends or distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock rather than receiving cash distributions. There will be no up-front selling commissions or dealer manager fees to you if you elect to participate in the dividend reinvestment plan. We will pay the plan administrator fees under the plan.

Shareholders who receive dividends and other distributions in the form of shares of common stock generally are subject to the same U.S. federal tax consequences as shareholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash; however, since their cash dividends will be reinvested, those shareholders will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes on reinvested dividends. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in this prospectus.

Investment Advisory Fees

We pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components: a Management Fee and an Incentive Fee. The cost of both the Management Fee and the Incentive Fee will ultimately be borne by our shareholders.

The Management Fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The Management Fee is payable at an annual rate of (x) 1.50% of the average of the Company’s gross assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts, that is above an asset coverage ratio of 200% calculated in accordance with Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act, and (y) 1.00% of the average of the Company’s gross assets, excluding cash and cash-equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts, that is below an asset coverage ratio of 200% calculated in accordance with Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act, in each case at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters payable quarterly in arrears. The Management Fee for any partial month or quarter, as the case may be, will be appropriately prorated and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the relevant calendar months or quarters, as the case may be. For purposes of the Investment Advisory Agreement, gross assets means our total assets determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

excluding cash and cash equivalents, but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts.

The Incentive Fee consists of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. A portion of the Incentive Fee is based on our income and a portion is based on our capital gains, each as described below. The portion of the Incentive Fee based on income is determined and paid quarterly in arrears commencing with the first calendar quarter following the Listing Date, and equals 100% of the pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of a 1.5% quarterly “hurdle rate,” until the Adviser has received 17.5% of the total pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for that calendar quarter and, for pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of 1.82% quarterly, 17.5% of all remaining pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for that calendar quarter. The 100% “catch-up” provision for pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of the 1.5% “hurdle rate” is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 17.5% on all pre-Incentive Fee net investment income when that amount equals 1.82% in a calendar quarter (7.27% annualized), which is the rate at which catch-up is achieved. Once the “hurdle rate” is reached and catch-up is achieved, 17.5% of any pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of 1.82% in any calendar quarter is payable to the Adviser.

The second component of the incentive fee, the capital gains incentive fee, payable at the end of each calendar year in arrears, equals 17.5% of cumulative realized capital gains from the Listing Date to the end of each calendar year, less cumulative realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation from the Listing Date to the end of each calendar year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fee for prior periods. In no event will the capital gains incentive fee payable pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement be in excess of the amount permitted by the Advisers Act, including Section 205 thereof.

In addition, the Adviser agreed at all times prior to the fifteen-month anniversary of the Listing Date, to waive (i) any portion of the Management Fee that is in excess of 0.75% of the Company’s gross assets, excluding cash and cash-equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, calculated in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement, and (ii) the entire Incentive Fee (including, for the avoidance of doubt, both the portion of the Incentive Fee based on our income and the Capital Gains Incentive Fee).

See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Compensation of the Adviser” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Administration Agreement

We reimburse the Adviser under the Administration Agreement, for certain administrative services to us.

These services include providing office space, equipment and office services, maintaining financial records, preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC, and managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others. The Company will reimburse

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the Adviser for services performed for it pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Adviser may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and the Company will reimburse the Adviser for any services performed for it by such affiliate or third party. See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Administration Agreement” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K.

License Arrangements

We have entered into a license agreement (the “License Agreement”) with an affiliate of Owl Rock Capital Partners, pursuant to which we were granted a non-exclusive license to use the name “Owl Rock.” Under the License Agreement, we have a right to use the Owl Rock name for so long as Owl Rock Capital Partners or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “Owl Rock” name or logo. See “Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — License Agreement” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Trading at a Discount

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDCs frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below our net asset value per share unless we have shareholder approval. The risk that our shares may trade at a discount to our net asset value is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether our shares will trade above, at or below net asset value. See Part I, Item IA “RISK FACTORS” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Part II, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS” in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar

State Street serves as our custodian and will serve as our transfer and dividend paying agent and registrar. See “Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar” in this prospectus.

Available Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act. This registration statement contains additional information about us and the securities being offered by this prospectus. We are also required to file periodic reports, current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. This information is available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

We maintain a website at www.owlrockcapitalcorporation.com and make all of our periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information available, free of charge, on or through our website. Information on our website is not incorporated into or part of this prospectus. You may also obtain such information free of charge by contacting us in writing at 399 Park Avenue, 38th floor, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Investor Relations, or by emailing us at ORCCIR@owlrock.com.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that you will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. The expenses shown in the table under “Annual expenses” are based on estimated amounts for our current fiscal year. The following table should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or “the Company” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, you will indirectly bear these fees or expenses as an investor in the Company.

	Shareholder transaction expenses:
	Sales load					—%(1)
	Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price)					—%(2)
	Dividend reinvestment plan expenses					—%(3)
	Total shareholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of offering price)					—%
	Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock):
	Management Fee payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement					2.6%(4)(6)
	Incentive Fee payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement					1.6%(5)(6)
	Interest payments on borrowed funds					3.2%(7)
	Other expenses					0.4%(8)(9)
	Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses					0.1%(10)
	Total annual expenses					7.9%(9)
	Management Fee waiver					(0.7)%(4)(6)
	Incentive Fee waiver					(0.9)%(5)(6)
	Total net annual expenses					6.3%(9)(11)

(1)

In the event that the securities are sold to or through underwriters, a related prospectus supplement will disclose the applicable sales load (underwriting discount or commission).

(2)

A related prospectus supplement will disclose the estimated amount of offering expenses, the offering price and the estimated amount of offering expenses borne by the Company as a percentage of the offering price.

(3)

The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “other expenses” in the table above. For additional information, see “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

(4)

The Management Fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The Management Fee is payable at an annual rate of (x) 1.50% of the average of the Company’s gross assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts, that is above an asset coverage ratio of 200% calculated in accordance with Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act, and (y) 1.00% of the average of the Company’s gross assets, excluding cash and cash-equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts, that is below an asset coverage ratio of 200% calculated in accordance with Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act, in each case at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters payable quarterly in arrears. The Management Fee for any partial month or quarter, as the case may be, will be appropriately prorated and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the relevant calendar months or quarters, as the case may be. We may from time to time decide it is appropriate to change the terms of the agreement. Under the 1940 Act, any material change to our Investment Advisory Agreement must be submitted to shareholders for approval. The Management Fee reflected in the table is calculated by determining the ratio that the Management Fee bears to our net assets attributable to common stock (rather than our gross assets).

(5)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

calendar quarter following the Listing Date, and equals 100% of the pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of a 1.5% quarterly “hurdle rate,” until the Adviser has received 17.5% of the total pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for that calendar quarter and, for pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of 1.82% quarterly, 17.5% of all remaining pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for that calendar quarter. The 100% “catch-up” provision for pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of the 1.5% “hurdle rate” is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 17.5% on all pre-Incentive Fee net investment income when that amount equals 1.82% in a calendar quarter (7.27% annualized), which is the rate at which catch-up is achieved. Once the “hurdle rate” is reached and catch-up is achieved, 17.5% of any pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of 1.82% in any calendar quarter is payable to the Adviser.

Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income means dividends (including reinvested dividends), interest and fee income accrued by us during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the calendar quarter (including the Management Fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, as discussed below, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Incentive Fee). Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest (“PIK”) and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we may not have received in cash. The Adviser is not obligated to return the Incentive Fee it receives on PIK interest that is later determined to be uncollectible in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

To determine whether pre-Incentive Fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, pre-Incentive Fee net investment income is expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter commencing with the first calendar quarter following the Listing Date. Because of the structure of the Incentive Fee, it is possible that we may pay an Incentive Fee in a calendar quarter in which we incur a loss. For example, if we receive pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in excess of the quarterly hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable Incentive Fee even if we have incurred a loss in that calendar quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses. In addition, because the quarterly hurdle rate is calculated based on our net assets, decreases in our net assets due to realized or unrealized capital losses in any given calendar quarter may increase the likelihood that the hurdle rate is reached and therefore the likelihood of us paying an Incentive Fee for that calendar quarter. Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the Incentive Fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the Management Fee because gross assets are total assets (including cash received) before deducting liabilities (such as declared dividend payments).

The second component of the Incentive Fee, the Capital Gains Incentive Fee, payable at the end of each calendar year in arrears, equals 17.5% of cumulative realized capital gains from the Listing Date to the end of each calendar year, less cumulative realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation from the Listing Date to the end of each calendar year. Each year, the fee paid for the Capital Gains Incentive Fee is net of the aggregate amount of any previously paid Capital Gains Incentive Fee for prior periods. We will accrue, but will not pay, a Capital Gains Incentive Fee with respect to unrealized appreciation because a Capital Gains Incentive Fee would be owed to the Adviser if we were to sell the relevant investment and realize a capital gain. For the sole purpose of calculating the Capital Gains Incentive Fee, the cost basis as of the Listing Date for all of our investments made prior to the Listing Date will be equal to the fair market value of such investments as of the last day of the quarter in which the Listing Date occurred; provided, however, that in no event will the Capital Gains Fee payable pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement be in excess of the amount permitted by the Advisers Act, including Section 205 thereof.

(6)

The Adviser agreed at all times prior to the fifteen-month anniversary of the Listing Date, to waive (i) any portion of the Management Fee that is in excess of 0.75% of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash-equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, calculated in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement, and (ii) the entire Incentive Fee (including, for the avoidance of doubt, both the portion of the Incentive Fee based on our income and the Capital Gains Incentive Fee).

(7)

Interest payments on borrowed funds represents an estimate of our annualized interest expense based on borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, our SPV Asset Facilities, the 2023 Notes, the 2024

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes, the 2025 Notes, the July 2025 Notes, and our CLOs. The assumed weighted average interest rate on our total debt outstanding was 4.2%. We may borrow additional funds from time to time to make investments to the extent we determine that the economic situation is conducive to doing so. We may also issue additional debt securities or preferred stock, subject to our compliance with applicable requirements under the 1940 Act.

(8)

Includes our overhead expenses, such as payments under the Administration Agreement for certain expenses incurred by the Adviser. We based these expenses on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

(9)

Estimated.

(10)

Our shareholders indirectly bear the expenses of underlying funds or other investment vehicles in which we invest that (1) are investment companies or (2) would be investment companies under section 3(a) of the 1940 Act but for the exceptions to that definition provided for in sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act (“Acquired Funds”). This amount includes the estimated annual fees and expenses of Sebago Lake, LLC, our joint venture with The Regents of the University of California, which is our only Acquired Fund as of March 31, 2020.

(11)

This table reflects all of the fees and expenses borne by us with respect to the CLO Transactions, but does not include fees payable to but waived by the Adviser for serving as collateral manager to the CLO Issuers.

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed we would have no additional leverage and that our annual operating expenses would remain at the levels set forth in the table above. Transaction expenses are included in the following example.

			1 year						3 years						5 years						10 years
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return from realized capital gains					63						223						386						810

The foregoing table is to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses that an investor in our common stock will bear directly or indirectly. While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. Because the income portion of the Incentive Fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement is unlikely to be significant assuming a 5% annual return, the example assumes that the 5% annual return will be generated entirely through the realization of capital gains on our assets and, as a result, will trigger the payment of the capital gains portion of the Incentive Fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The income portion of the Incentive Fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement, which, assuming a 5% annual return, would either not be payable or have an immaterial impact on the expense amounts shown above, is not included in the example. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments, including through the realization of capital gains, to trigger an Incentive Fee of a material amount, our expenses, and returns to our investors, would be higher. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at net asset value, if our Board authorizes and we declare a cash dividend, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan who have not otherwise elected to receive cash will receive a number of shares of our common stock, determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to a participant by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the valuation date for the dividend. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

This example and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses (including the cost of debt, if any, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA AND OTHER INFORMATION

The selected consolidated financial information and other data presented below should be read in conjunction with Part II, Item 7 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS” in of our 2019 Annual Report on Form 10-K, Part I, Item 2 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS” in of our 2020 Q1 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and other financial information incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

We derived the selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements.

The selected financial data in this section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and is qualified in its entirety by our consolidated financial statements and related notes incorporated by reference in this prospectus to the consolidated financial statements in our 2019 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Information under the caption Part II, Item 6 “SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA” in our most recent subsequently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference. Such information should be read in conjunction with Part II, Item 7 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS” in such subsequently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K.

	As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31,						As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
($ in millions, except per share amounts)	2020			2019			2019			2018			2017			2016
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
Income
Total investment income		$	204.7		$	151.5		$	718.0		$	388.7		$	159.9		$	28.8
Expenses
Total operating expenses			98.9			53.8			290.5			142.2			65.9			19.4
Management and incentive fees waived			(42.5)			—			(73.4)			—			—			—
Net operating expenses			56.4			53.8			217.1			142.2			65.9			19.4
Net investment income before income taxes			148.3			97.7			500.9			246.5			94.0			9.4
Excise tax expense			2.0			1.7			2.0			1.1			0.2			0.4
Net investment income after income taxes			146.3			96.0			498.9			245.4			93.8			9.0
Total change in net unrealized gain (loss)			(459.2)			18.5			(3.7)			(43.6)			9.2			7.6
Total net realized gain (loss)			0.3			—			2.8			0.4			0.7			—
Increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		$	(312.6)		$	114.5		$	498.0		$	202.2		$	103.7		$	16.6
Earnings per common share – basic and diluted		$	(0.79)		$	0.49		$	1.53		$	1.38		$	1.55		$	0.78
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
Cash and restricted cash		$	382.9		$	98.8		$	317.2		$	127.6		$	20.1		$	209.4
Investments at fair value			8,938.3			6,831.7			8,799.2			5,784.1			2,389.8			967.4
Total assets			9,418.3			6,980.0			9,203.6			5,951.0			2,443.5			1,180.8
Total debt (net of unamortized debt issuance costs)			3,638.6			2,769.8			3,038.2			2,567.7			919.4			491.9
Total liabilities			3,911.0			2,899.7			3,226.3			2,686.2			971.0			500.3
Total net assets		$	5,507.3		$	4,080.3		$	5,977.3		$	3,264.8		$	1,472.6		$	680.5
Net asset value per share		$	14.09		$	15.26		$	15.24		$	15.10		$	15.03		$	14.85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31,						As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
($ in millions, except per share amounts)	2020			2019			2019			2018			2017			2016
Other Data:
Number of portfolio companies			101			81			98			73			40			21
Distributions Declared Per Share		$	0.39		$	0.33		$	1.45		$	1.42		$	1.35		$	0.06
Total Return, based on market value(1)			(33.8)%			N/A			22.0%			N/A			N/A			N/A
Total return based on net asset value(2)			(5.2)%			3.3%			10.7%			10.2%			10.6%			(0.6)%
Weighted average total yield of portfolio at fair value			8.3%			9.4%			8.7%			9.4%			8.8%			9.0%
Weighted average total yield of portfolio at amortized cost			7.9%			9.4%			8.6%			9.4%			8.9%			9.0%
Weighted average yield of debt and income producing securities at fair value			8.4%			9.4%			8.7%			9.4%			8.8%			9.0%
Weighted average yield of debt and income producing securities at amortized cost			8.0%			9.4%			8.6%			9.4%			8.9%			9.0%
Fair value of debt investments as a percentage of principal			93.5%			98.2%			98.0%			97.9%			98.9%			98.8%

(1)

Total return based on market value is calculated as the change in market value per share during the respective periods, taking into account dividends and distributions, if any, reinvested in accordance with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan. The beginning market value per share is based on the initial public offering price of $15.30 per share.

(2)

Total return is calculated as the change in net asset value (“NAV”) per share during the period, plus distributions per share (assuming dividends and distributions, if any, are reinvested in accordance with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan), if any, divided by beginning NAV per share.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)	For the three months ended March 31, 2020
Investment income		$	204,732
Net expenses		$	58,476
Net investment income (loss)		$	146,256
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)		$	(458,846)
Increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		$	(312,590)
Net asset value per share as of the end of the quarter		$	14.09
Earnings (losses) per share – basic and diluted		$	(0.79)

	For the three months ended
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)	March 31, 2019			June 30, 2019			September 30, 2019			December 31, 2019
Investment income		$	151,475		$	176,135		$	188,154		$	202,255
Net expenses		$	55,470		$	56,513		$	50,248		$	56,882
Net investment income (loss)		$	96,005		$	119,622		$	137,906		$	145,373
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)		$	18,482		$	5,048		$	(19,254)		$	(5,181)
Increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		$	114,487		$	124,670		$	118,652		$	140,192
Net asset value per share as of the end of the quarter		$	15.26		$	15.28		$	15.22		$	15.24
Earnings (losses) per share – basic and diluted		$	0.49		$	0.44		$	0.31		$	0.36

	For the three months ended
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2018			September 30, 2018			December 31, 2018
Investment income		$	65,444		$	86,100		$	110,485		$	126,829
Net expenses		$	26,767		$	33,759		$	38,877		$	43,933
Net investment income (loss)		$	38,677		$	52,341		$	71,608		$	82,896
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)		$	5,599		$	(1,626)		$	718		$	(47,970)
Increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		$	44,276		$	50,715		$	72,326		$	34,926
Net asset value per share as of the end of the quarter		$	15.14		$	15.21		$	15.27		$	15.10
Earnings (losses) per share – basic and diluted		$	0.44		$	0.41		$	0.44		$	0.18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks associated with the investment, including those described in this prospectus, the accompanying prospectus supplement, Part I, Item IA “RISK FACTORS” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus in their entirety, Part II, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS” in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus in their entirety, any document incorporated by reference herein, and any free writing prospectus we may authorize in connection with a specific offering. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out in this prospectus, the accompanying prospectus supplement, Part I, Item IA “RISK FACTORS” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Part II, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS” in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, any document incorporated by reference herein, and any free writing prospectus we may authorize in connection with a specific offering are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Offerings Pursuant to this Prospectus

Distributions on our common stock may exceed our taxable earnings and profits. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital to you. A return of capital is a return of a portion of your original investment in shares of our common stock. As a result, a return of capital will (i) lower your tax basis in your shares and thereby increase the amount of capital gain (or decrease the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, and (ii) reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in portfolio companies. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions.

We may pay our distributions from offering proceeds in anticipation of future cash flow, which may constitute a return of your capital and will lower your tax basis in your shares, thereby increasing the amount of capital gain (or decreasing the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, even if such shares have not increased in value or have, in fact, lost value.

We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds of any offering made pursuant to this prospectus, to the extent it is successful.

We will have significant flexibility in applying the proceeds of any offering made pursuant to this prospectus. For example, we may pay operating expenses from net proceeds, which could limit our ability to achieve our investment objective.

Risks Related to our Business

To the extent that we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available to service our debt or for distribution to our shareholders, and result in losses.

The use of borrowings, also known as leverage, increases the volatility of investments by magnifying the potential for gain or loss on invested equity capital. To the extent that we use leverage to partially finance our investments through borrowing from banks and other lenders, you will experience increased risks of investing in our securities. If the value of our assets decreases, leverage would cause our net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would if we had not borrowed and employed leverage. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have if we had not borrowed and employed leverage. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to service our debt or make distributions to our shareholders. In addition, our shareholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the base management or incentive fees payable to our Adviser attributable to the increase in assets purchased using leverage.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Adviser’s and the Board’s assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. There can be no assurance that leveraged financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all. However, to the extent that we use leverage to finance our assets, our financing costs will reduce cash available for distributions to shareholders. Moreover, we may not be able to meet our financing obligations and, to the extent that we cannot, we risk the loss of some or all of our assets to liquidation or sale to satisfy the obligations. In such an event, we may be forced to sell assets at significantly depressed prices due to market conditions or otherwise, which may result in losses.

As a BDC, generally, the ratio of our total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness represented by senior securities) to our total indebtedness represented by senior securities plus any preferred stock, if any, must be at least 200%; however, legislation enacted in March 2018 has modified the 1940 Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. On June 8, 2020, our shareholder, approved the application of the modified asset coverage requirements set forth in Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, as amended by the Small Business Credit Availability Act. As a result, effective June 9, 2020, our asset coverage ratio applicable to senior securities was reduced from 200% to 150%, and the risks associated with an investment in us may increase. If this ratio declines below 150%, we cannot incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some indebtedness when it may be disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to service our debt or make distributions.

Risks Related to Our Investments

Legislation enacted in March 2018 allows us to incur additional leverage.

The 1940 Act generally prohibits a BDC from incurring indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing the ratio of its total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness represented by senior securities) to its total indebtedness represented by senior securities plus preferred stock, if any, is at least 200%. However, legislation enacted in March 2018 has modified the 1940 Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. This means that generally, a BDC can borrow up to $1 for every $1 of investor equity or, if certain requirements are met and it reduces its asset coverage ratio, it can borrow up to $2 for every $1 of investor equity. The reduced asset coverage requirement permits a BDC to double the amount of leverage it may incur. Under the legislation, a BDC is allowed to increase its leverage capacity if shareholders representing at least a majority of the votes cast, when quorum is met, approve a proposal to do so. If the BDC receives shareholder approval, it would be allowed to increase our leverage capacity on the first day after such approval. Alternatively, the legislation allows the BDC’s directors, including a “required majority,” as defined by Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act, of the BDC’s independent directors, to approve an increase in its leverage capacity, and such approval would become effective after one year. In either case, the BDC would be required to make certain disclosures on its website and in SEC filings regarding, among other things, the receipt of approval to increase our leverage, its leverage capacity and usage, and risks related to leverage.

On March 31, 2020, our Board, including the required majority (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) thereof, also approved the application of the minimum asset coverage ratio of 150% to the Company, with such reduced asset coverage to become effective on March 31, 2021. However, on June 8, 2020, shareholders representing the majority of votes cast approved a proposal to allow us to reduce our minimum asset coverage requirement to 150%. As a result, we may apply a 150% minimum asset coverage ratio beginning on June 9, 2020.

Leverage magnifies the potential for loss on investments in our indebtedness and on invested equity capital. As we use leverage to partially finance our investments, you will experience increased risks of investing in our securities. If the value of our assets increases, then leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more sharply than it would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged our business. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net investment income to increase more

TABLE OF CONTENTS

than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net investment income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to pay common stock dividends, scheduled debt payments or other payments related to our securities. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. See Part I, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS — Risks Related to Our Business — To the extent that we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available to service our debt or for distribution to our shareholders, and result in losses” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as in any of our subsequent SEC filings.

We are subject to certain risks as a result of our interests in the CLO Preferred Shares.

Under the respective terms of the loan sale agreement entered into in connection with the $596 million term debt securitization transaction (the “CLO I Transaction”) we completed on May 28, 2019 (the “CLO I Closing Date”), the $396.6 million term debt securitization transaction (the “CLO II Transaction”) we completed on December 12, 2019 (the “CLO II Closing Date”), the $395.31 million term debt securitization transaction (the “CLO III Transaction”) we completed on March 26, 2020 (the “CLO III Closing Date”) and the $438.9 million term debt securitization transaction (the “CLO IV Transaction”) we completed on May 28, 2020 (the “CLO IV Closing Date”) (each a “CLO Transaction” and, collectively, the “CLO Transactions”), we and one of ORCC Financing II, ORCC Financing III, or ORCC Financing IV sold and/or contributed to Owl Rock CLO I, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (the “CLO I Issuer”), Owl Rock CLO II, Ltd. an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (the “CLO II Issuer”), Owl Rock CLO III, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (the “CLO III Issuer”) and Owl Rock CLO IV Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (the “CLO IV Issuer”) (each a “CLO Issuer” and collectively, the “CLO Issuers”) all of the ownership interest in the portfolio loans and participations held by the CLO Issuers on the CLO I Closing Date, the CLO II Closing Date, the CLO III Closing Date and the CLO IV Closing Date, respectively, for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in such loan sale agreements. As a result of the CLO Transactions, we hold all of the preferred shares issued by the CLO I Issuer (the “CLO I Preferred Shares”), the preferred shares issued by the CLO II Issuer (the “CLO II Preferred Shares”), the preferred shares issued by the CLO III Issuer (the “CLO III Preferred Shares”) and the preferred shares issued by the CLO IV Issuer (the “CLO IV Preferred Shares”) (collectively, the “CLO Preferred Shares”), which comprise 100% of the equity interests (other than certain nominal interests held by a charitable trust for purposes of limiting the ability of the CLO Issuers to file for bankruptcy), in the CLO Issuers and the CLO I Issuer in turn owns 100% of the equity of Owl Rock CLO I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “CLO I Co-Issuer”), the CLO II Issuer in turn owns 100% of the equity of Owl Rock CLO II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “CLO II Issuer”), the CLO III Issuer in turn owns 100% of the equity of Owl Rock CLO III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “CLO III Issuer”) and the CLO IV Issuer in turn owns 100% of the equity of Owl Rock CLO IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “CLO IV Issuer”) (each a “CLO Co-Issuer” and collectively, the “CLO Co-Issuers”). As a result, we expect to consolidate the financial statements of the CLO Issuers in our consolidated financial statements. However, once sold or contributed to a CLO, the underlying loans and participation interests have been securitized and are no longer our direct investment, and the risk return profile has been altered. In general, rather than holding interests in the underlying loans and participation interests, the CLO Transactions resulted in us holding equity interests in the CLO Issuers, with the CLO Issuers holding the underlying loans. As a result, we are subject both to the risks and benefits associated with the equity interests of the CLO Issuers (i.e., the CLO Preferred Shares) and, indirectly, the risks and benefits associated with the underlying loans and participation interests held by the CLO Issuers. In addition, our ability to sell, amend or otherwise modify an underlying loan held by a CLO Issuer is subject to certain conditions and restrictions under the applicable CLO Transactions, which may prevent us from taking actions that we would take if we held such underlying loan directly.

The subordination of the CLO Preferred Shares will affect our right to payment.

The respective CLO Preferred Shares are subordinated to the notes issued and amounts borrowed by the CLO I Issuer and the CLO I Co-Issuer (the “CLO I Debt”), the notes issued by the CLO II Issuer and the CLO II Co-Issuer (the “CLO II Debt”), the notes issued by the CLO III Issuer and the CLO III Co-Issuer

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(the “CLO III Debt”) and the notes issued by the CLO IV Issuer and the CLO IV Co-Issuer (the “CLO IV Debt”) (collectively, the “CLO Debt”), respectively, and certain fees and expenses. If an overcollateralization test or an interest coverage test is not satisfied as of a determination date, the proceeds from the underlying loans otherwise payable to a CLO Issuer (which such CLO Issuer could have distributed with respect to the CLO Preferred Shares of such CLO Issuer) will be diverted to the payment of principal on the CLO Debt of such CLO Issuer. See “ — The CLO Indentures require mandatory redemption of CLO Debt for failure to satisfy coverage tests, which would reduce the amounts available for distribution to us.”

On the scheduled maturity of the CLO Debt of a CLO Issuer or if such CLO Debt is accelerated after an event of default, proceeds available after the payment of certain administrative expenses will be applied to pay both principal of and interest on the such CLO Debt until such CLO Debt is paid in full before any further payment will be made on the the CLO Preferred Shares of such CLO Issuer. As a result, such CLO Preferred Shares would not receive any payments until such CLO Debt is paid in full and under certain circumstances may not receive payments at any time.

In addition, if an event of default occurs and is continuing with respect to the CLO Debt of a CLO Issuer, the holders of such CLO Debt will be entitled to determine the remedies to be exercised under the indenture pursuant to which such CLO Debt was issued (each a “CLO Indenture” and collectively, the “CLO Indentures”). Remedies pursued by the holders of CLO Debt could be adverse to our interests as the holder of CLO Preferred Shares, and the holders of CLO Debt will have no obligation to consider any possible adverse effect on such our interest or the interest of any other person. See “ — The holders of certain CLO Debt will control many rights under the CLO Indentures and therefore, we will have limited rights in connection with an event of default or distributions thereunder.”

The CLO Preferred Shares represent leveraged investments in the underlying loan portfolio of the applicable CLO Issuer, which is a speculative investment technique that increases the risk to us as the owner of the CLO Preferred Shares. As the junior interest in a leveraged capital structure, the CLO Preferred Shares will bear the primary risk of deterioration in the performance of the applicable CLO Issuer and its portfolio of underlying loans.

The holders of certain CLO Debt will control many rights under the CLO Indentures and therefore, we will have limited rights in connection with an event of default or distributions thereunder.

Under each CLO Indenture, as long as any CLO Debt of the applicable CLO Issuer is outstanding, the holders of the senior-most outstanding class of such CLO Debt will have the right to direct the trustee or the applicable CLO Issuer to take certain actions under the applicable CLO Indenture (and the CLO I Credit Agreement, in the case of CLO I), subject to certain conditions. For example, these holders will have the right, following an event of default, to direct certain actions and control certain decisions, including the right to accelerate the maturity of applicable CLO Debt and, under certain circumstances, the liquidation of the collateral. Remedies pursued by such holders upon an event of default could be adverse to our interests. Although we, as the holder of the CLO Preferred Shares, will have the right, subject to the conditions set forth in the CLO Indentures, to purchase assets in any liquidation of assets by the collateral trustee, if an event of default has occurred and is continuing, we will not have any creditors’ rights against the applicable CLO Issuer and will not have the right to determine the remedies to be exercised under the applicable CLO Indenture. There is no guarantee that any funds will remain to make distributions to us as the holder of the CLO Preferred Shares following any liquidation of assets and the application of the proceeds from such assets to pay the applicable CLO Debt and the fees, expenses, and other liabilities payable by the applicable CLO Issuer.

The CLO Indentures require mandatory redemption of the respective CLO Debt for failure to satisfy coverage tests, which would reduce the amounts available for distribution to us.

Under the CLO Indentures governing the CLO Transactions, there are two coverage tests applicable to CLO Debt. These test apply to each CLO Transaction separately.

The first such test, the interest coverage test, compares the amount of interest proceeds received and, other than in the case of defaulted loans, scheduled to be received on the underlying loans held by each CLO Issuer to the amount of interest due and payable on the CLO Debt of such CLO Issuer and the amount

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of fees and expenses senior to the payment of such interest in the priority of distribution of interest proceeds. To satisfy this test interest received on the portfolio loans held by such CLO Issuer must equal at least 120% of the amount equal to the interest payable on the CLO Debt of such CLO Issuer plus the senior fees and expenses.

The second such test, the overcollateralization test, compares the adjusted collateral principal amount of the portfolio of underlying loans of each CLO Issuer to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the CLO Debt of such CLO Issuer. To satisfy this second test at any time, this adjusted collateral principal amount for CLO I must equal at least 138.46% of the outstanding principal amount of the CLO I Debt, 138.50% for CLO II, 138.46% for CLO III and 163.57% for CLO IV. In this test, certain reductions are applied to the principal balance of underlying loans in connection with certain events, such as defaults or ratings downgrades to “CCC” levels or below with respect to the loans held by each CLO Issuer. These adjustments increase the likelihood that this test is not satisfied.

If either coverage test with respect to a CLO Transaction is not satisfied on any determination date on which such test is applicable, the applicable CLO Issuer must apply available amounts to redeem its CLO Debt in an amount necessary to cause such test to be satisfied. This would reduce or eliminate the amounts otherwise available to make distributions to us as the holder of the CLO Preferred Shares of such CLO Issuer.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in the prospectus, the prospectus supplement, any documents we may incorporate by reference herein, and any related free writing prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Such statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors and undue reliance should not be placed thereon. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about Owl Rock Capital Corporation (the “Company,” “we” or “our”), our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs and opinions, and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “may,” “continue,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “targets,” “projects,” “outlook,” “potential,” “predicts” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

•

an economic downturn could impair our portfolio companies’ ability to continue to operate, which could lead to the loss of some or all of our investments in such portfolio companies;

•

an economic downturn could also impact availability and pricing of our financing and our ability to access the debt and equity capital markets;

•

a contraction of available credit and/or an inability to access the equity markets could impair our lending and investment activities;

•

interest rate volatility, including the decommissioning of LIBOR, could adversely affect our results, particularly if we elect to use leverage as part of our investment strategy;

•

our future operating results;

•

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

•

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

•

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

•

competition with other entities and our affiliates for investment opportunities;

•

the speculative and illiquid nature of our investments;

•

the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments as well as any estimates regarding potential use of leverage;

•

the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital;

•

the loss of key personnel;

•

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

•

the ability of the Adviser to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

•

the ability of the Adviser to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

•

our ability to maintain our tax treatment as a RIC under the Code, and as a BDC.

•

the effect of legal, tax and regulatory changes; and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “ORCC.” Our common stock has traded at prices both above and below our net asset value per share. It is not possible to predict whether our common stock will trade at a price per share at, above or below net asset value per share. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Offerings Pursuant to this Prospectus” in this prospectus and Part I, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS — Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as in any subsequent SEC filing for more information.

The following table sets forth the net asset value per share of our common stock, the range of high and low closing sales prices of our common stock reported on the NYSE, the closing sales price as a premium (discount) to net asset value and the dividends declared by us in each fiscal quarter since we began trading on the NYSE. On June 30, 2020, the last reported closing sales price of our common stock on the NYSE was $12.33 per share, which represented a discount of approximately 12.5% to the net asset value per share reported by us as of March 31, 2020, the last date prior to the date of this prospectus for which we reported net asset value.

Class and Period	Net Asset Value(1)			Price Range						High Sales Price Premium (Discount) to Net Asset Value(2)		Low Sales Price Premium (Discount) to Net Asset Value(2)		Cash Dividend Per Share(3)
Class and Period	Net Asset Value(1)			High			Low			High Sales Price Premium (Discount) to Net Asset Value(2)		Low Sales Price Premium (Discount) to Net Asset Value(2)		Cash Dividend Per Share(3)
Year ended December 31, 2019
First Quarter		$	15.26			N/A(4)			N/A(4)		N/A		N/A		$	0.33
Second Quarter		$	15.28			N/A(4)			N/A(4)		N/A		N/A		$	0.44
Third Quarter		$	15.22		$	18.04		$	15.49		18.5%		1.8%		$	0.33(5)
Fourth Quarter		$	15.24		$	19.13		$	15.73		25.5%		3.2%		$	0.35(6)
Year ended December 31, 2020
First Quarter		$	14.09		$	17.76		$	8.25		26.0%		(41.4)%		$	0.39(7)
Second Quarter			*		$	13.49		$	10.14		*		*		$	0.39(8)

(1)

Net asset value per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the net asset value per share on the date of the high and low closing sales prices. The net asset values shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of the relevant quarter.

(2)

Calculated as the respective high or low closing sales price less net asset value, divided by net asset value (in each case, as of the applicable quarter).

(3)

Represents the dividend or distribution declared in the relevant quarter.

(4)

On July 22, 2019, the Company closed its initial public offering (“IPO”), issuing 10 million shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $15.30 per share. On August 2, 2019, the Company issued a total of 1,500,000 shares of its common stock pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

(5)

Consists of a quarterly dividend of $0.31 per share and additional dividends of $0.02 per share, payable on or before November 15, 2019, subject to the satisfaction of certain Maryland Law requirements.

(6)

Consists of a quarterly dividend of $0.31 per share and additional dividends of $0.04 per share, payable on or before January 31, 2020, subject to the satisfaction of certain Maryland Law requirements.

(7)

Consists of a quarterly dividend of $0.31 per share and additional dividends of $0.08 per share, payable on or before May 15, 2020, subject to the satisfaction of certain Maryland Law requirements.

(8)

Consists of a quarterly dividend of $0.31 per share and additional dividends of $0.08 per share, payable on or before August 14, 2020, subject to the satisfaction of certain Maryland Law requirements.

Net asset value has not yet been calculated for this period.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To maintain our tax treatment as a RIC, we must distribute (or be treated as distributing) in each taxable year dividends of an amount equal to at least 90% of our investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, as well as other taxable income (excluding any net capital gains) reduced by deductible expenses) and 90% of our net tax-exempt income for that taxable year. As a RIC, we generally will not be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on our investment company taxable income and net capital gains that we distribute to shareholders. In addition, to avoid the imposition of a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax, we must distribute (or be treated as distributing) in each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of:

•

98% of our net ordinary income, excluding certain ordinary gains and losses, recognized during a calendar year;

•

98.2% of our capital gain net income, adjusted for certain ordinary gains and losses, recognized for the twelve-month period ending on October 31 of such calendar year; and

•

100% of any income or gains recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years on which we paid no corporate level U.S. federal income tax.

We have previously incurred, and can be expected to incur in the future, such excise tax on a portion of our income and gains. While we intend to distribute income and capital gains to minimize exposure to the 4% excise tax, we may not be able to, or may not choose to, distribute amounts sufficient to avoid the imposition of the tax entirely. In that event, we will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which we do not meet the foregoing distribution requirement. See Part I, Item 1A “RISK FACTORS — Federal Income Tax Risks — We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify and maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or if we make investments through taxable subsidiaries” in our most recent Annual Report on 10-K as well as any subsequent SEC filing.

Dividends Declared

The following table reflects the distributions declared on shares of the Company’s common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2020:

March 31, 2020

Date Declared

Record Date

Payment Date

Distribution per Share

February 19, 2020

March 31, 2020

May 15, 2020

0.31

May 28, 2019 (special dividend)

March 31, 2020

May 15, 2020

0.08

On May 5, 2020, the Board declared, in addition to the special dividend of $0.08 per share previously declared on May 28, 2019 for shareholders of record on June 30, 2020 payable on or before August 14, 2020, a distribution of $0.31 per share, for shareholders of record on June 30, 2020 payable on or before August 14, 2020.

On May 28, 2019, the Board also declared the following special distributions:

Record Date	Distribution Date (on or before)	Special Distribution Amount (per share)
September 30, 2020	November 13, 2020		$	0.08
December 31, 2020	January 19, 2021		$	0.08

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table reflects the distributions declared on shares of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2019:

December 31, 2019

Date Declared

Record Date

Payment Date

Distribution per Share

October 30, 2019

December 31, 2019

January 31, 2020

0.31

May 28, 2019 (special dividend)

December 31, 2019

January 31, 2020

0.04

May 28, 2019

September 30, 2019

November 15, 2019

0.31

May 28, 2019 (special dividend)

September 30, 2019

November 15, 2019

0.02

June 4, 2019

June 14, 2019

August 15, 2019

0.44

February 27, 2019

March 31, 2019

May 14, 2019

0.33

The following table reflects the distributions declared on shares of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2018:

December 31, 2018

Date Declared

Record Date

Payment Date

Distribution per Share

November 6, 2018

December 31, 2018

January 31, 2019

0.36

August 7, 2018

September 30, 2018

November 15, 2018

0.39

June 22, 2018

June 30, 2018

August 15, 2018

0.34

March 2, 2018

March 31, 2018

April 30, 2018

0.33

The following table reflects the distributions declared on shares of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2017:

December 31, 2017

Date Declared

Record Date

Payment Date

Distribution per Share

November 7, 2017

December 31, 2017

January 31, 2018

0.34

November 7, 2017

November 14, 2017

0.32

August 8, 2017

August 15, 2017

0.26

May 9, 2017

May 15, 2017

0.24

March 7, 2017

March 15, 2017

0.19

The following table reflects the distributions declared on shares of the Company’s common stock during the year ended December 31, 2016:

December 31, 2016

Date Declared

Record Date

Payment Date

Distribution per Share

November 8, 2016

November 15, 2016

November 30, 2016

0.06

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information included under the captions “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS” in Part II, Item 7 of our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and Part I, Item 2 of our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are incorporated herein by reference.

THE COMPANY

The information in the sections entitled “BUSINESS” in Part I, Item 1 and “PROPERTIES” in Part I, Item 2 of our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the section entitled “LEGAL PROCEEDINGS” in Part I, Item 3 in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and Part II, Item 1 of our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are incorporated herein by reference.

SENIOR SECURITIES

Information about our senior securities as of the unaudited fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2020 and as of the end of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, and 2016 is located under the captions “Senior Securities” in Part I, Item 2 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt” in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2020 (filed May 5, 2020) and Part II, Item 5, “MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES” of our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on the senior securities table as of December 31, 2019 is included in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K (filed on February 19, 2020), and is incorporated by reference into the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

The following table sets forth certain information regarding each of the portfolio companies in which we had a debt or equity investment as of March 31, 2020. We offer to make available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. We may receive rights to observe the meetings of our portfolio companies’ board of directors. Other than these investments, our only relationships with our portfolio companies are the managerial assistance we may separately provide to our portfolio companies, which services would be ancillary to our investments. As of March 31, 2020, other than Sebago Lake LLC and Wingspire Capital Holdings LLC, we did not “control” and are not an “affiliate” of any of our portfolio companies, each as defined in the 1940 Act. In general, under the 1940 Act, we would “control” a portfolio company if we owned 25.0% or more of its voting securities and would be an “affiliate” of a portfolio company if we owned five percent or more of its voting securities.

($ in thousands)
Company

Industry

Type of
Investment

Interest Rate

Maturity /
Dissolution
Date

Percentage
of Class
Held on
a Fully
Diluted
Basis

Principal
Number of
Shares /
Number of
Units

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

2U, Inc.(1)(2)
7900 Harkins Rd.
Lanham, MD 20706

Education

First lien senior
secured loan

L + 6.75%

5/22/2024

0.0%

115,000

113,528

110,688

3ES Innovation Inc. (dba Aucerna)(1)(5)
Suite 800, 250 - 2nd Street S.W.
Calgary, Alberta, Canada

Internet software and services

First lien senior
secured loan

L + 5.75%

5/13/2025

0.0%

40,031

39,590

37,229

3ES Innovation Inc. (dba Aucerna)(1)(10)
Suite 800, 250 - 2nd Street S.W.
Calgary, Alberta, Canada

Internet software and services

First lien senior
secured
revolving loan

L + 5.75%

5/13/2025

0.0%

—

(41)

(273)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($ in thousands) Company	Industry	Type of Investment	Interest Rate	Maturity / Dissolution Date	Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis		Principal Number of Shares / Number of Units		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
ABB/Con-cise Optical Group LLC(1)(5) 12301 NW 39th Street Coral Springs, FL 33065	Distribution	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.00%	6/15/2023		0.0%		76,213		75,486		70,116
ABB/Con-cise Optical Group LLC(1)(5) 12301 NW 39th Street Coral Springs, FL 33065	Distribution	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 9.00%	6/17/2024		0.0%		25,000		24,528		22,500
Accela, Inc.(1)(2) 2633 Camino Ramon, Suite 500 San Ramon, CA 94583	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 3.25% (1.64% PIK)	9/28/2023		0.0%		21,812		21,538		21,461
Accela, Inc.(1)(10) 2633 Camino Ramon, Suite 500 San Ramon, CA 94583	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 7.00%	9/28/2023		0.0%		—		—		(75)
Access CIG, LLC(1)(4) 6818 A Patterson Pass Road Livermore, CA 94550	Business services	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 7.75%	2/27/2026		0.0%		58,760		58,202		55,234
Amspec Services Inc.(1)(4) 1249 S River Rd Cranbury, NJ 08512	Professional services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.75%	7/2/2024		0.0%		112,258		110,680		104,400
Amspec Services Inc.(1)(4)(10) 1249 S River Rd Cranbury, NJ 08512	Professional services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 4.75%	7/2/2024		0.0%		14,172		13,993		13,160
Apptio, Inc.(1)(2) 11100 NE 8th Street, Suite 600 Bellevue, WA 98004	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 7.25%	1/10/2025		0.0%		41,727		41,021		40,058
Apptio, Inc.(1)(10) 11100 NE 8th Street, Suite 600 Bellevue, WA 98004	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 7.25%	1/10/2025		0.0%		—		(44)		(111)
Aramsco, Inc.(1)(2) PO Box 29 Thorofare, NJ 08086	Distribution	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.25%	8/28/2024		0.0%		56,910		55,819		53,496
Aramsco, Inc.(1)(7)(10) PO Box 29 Thorofare, NJ 08086	Distribution	First lien senior secured revolving loan	P + 4.25%	8/28/2024		0.0%		4,468		4,315		3,966
Associations, Inc.(1)(4) 5401 North Central Expressway, Suite 300 Dallas, TX 75205	Buildings and real estate	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.00% (3.00% PIK)	7/30/2024		0.0%		261,295		258,883		252,803
Associations, Inc.(1)(4)(10) 5401 North Central Expressway, Suite 300 Dallas, TX 75205	Buildings and real estate	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 4.00% (3.00% PIK)	7/30/2021		0.0%		42,199		41,679		40,200
Associations, Inc.(1)(7) 5401 North Central Expressway, Suite 300 Dallas, TX 75205	Buildings and real estate	First lien senior secured revolving loan	P + 5.00%	7/30/2024		0.0%		11,543		11,439		11,110
Asurion, LLC(1)(2) 648 Grassmere Park Nashville, TN 37211	Insurance	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 6.50%	8/4/2025		0.0%		58,031		57,942		53,789
Aviation Solutions Midco, LLC (dba STS Aviation)(1)(4) 2000 NE Jensen Beach Blvd Jensen Beach, FL 34957	Aerospace and defense	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.25%	1/6/2025		0.0%		195,562		192,097		171,605
BIG Buyer, LLC(1)(5) 631 North 400 West Salt Lake City, UT 84103	Specialty Retail	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.50%	11/20/2023		0.0%		50,332		49,416		46,935
BIG Buyer, LLC(1)(10) 631 North 400 West Salt Lake City, UT 84103	Specialty Retail	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 6.50%	12/18/2020		0.0%		—		(182)		(563)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($ in thousands) Company	Industry	Type of Investment	Interest Rate	Maturity / Dissolution Date	Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis		Principal Number of Shares / Number of Units		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
BIG Buyer, LLC(1)(2)(10) 631 North 400 West Salt Lake City, UT 84103	Specialty Retail	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.50%	11/20/2023		0.0%		1,250		1,163		997
Black Mountain Sand Eagle Ford LLC(1)(4) 420 Commerce Street, Suite 500 Fort Worth, TX 76102	Oil and gas	First lien senior secured loan	L + 8.25%	8/17/2022		0.0%		77,277		76,750		72,254
Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.(1)(2) 6220 Stoneridge Mall Road Pleasanton, CA 94588	Financial services	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 7.00%	6/15/2026		0.0%		106,400		105,562		98,154
Bracket Intermediate Holding Corp.(1)(4) 575 East Swedesford Road, Suite 200 Wayne, PA 19087	Healthcare technology	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 8.13%	9/7/2026		0.0%		26,250		25,798		24,872
Caiman Merger Sub LLC (dba City Brewing)(1)(2) 925 S. 3rd St. La Crosse, WI 54601	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.75%	11/3/2025		0.0%		176,676		175,010		174,026
Caiman Merger Sub LLC (dba City Brewing)(1)(10) 925 S. 3rd St. La Crosse, WI 54601	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.75%	11/1/2024		0.0%		—		(118)		(193)
Cardinal US Holdings, Inc.(1)(4) De Kleetlaan 6A 1831 Machelen Brussels, Belgium	Professional services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.00%	7/31/2023		0.0%		89,965		87,079		86,142
Reef (fka Cheese Acquisition, LLC)(1)(4) 233 Peachtree Street NE Harris Tower, Suite 2600 Atlanta, GA 30303	Buildings and real estate	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.75%	11/28/2024		0.0%		134,672		133,027		127,266
Reef (fka Cheese Acquisition, LLC)(1)(9) 233 Peachtree Street NE Harris Tower, Suite 2600 Atlanta, GA 30303	Buildings and real estate	First lien senior secured loan	C + 5.00%	11/28/2024		0.0%		24,974		26,649		23,601
Reef (fka Cheese Acquisition, LLC)(1)(7)(10) 233 Peachtree Street NE Harris Tower, Suite 2600 Atlanta, GA 30303	Buildings and real estate	First lien senior secured revolving loan	P + 3.75%	11/28/2023		0.0%		10,987		10,835		10,087
CIBT Global, Inc.(1)(4) 1600 International Drive, Suite 600 McLean, VA 22102	Business services	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 7.75%	6/2/2025		0.0%		59,500		58,393		49,236
CM7 Restaurant Holdings, LLC(1)(2) 18900 Dallas Parkway Dallas, TX 75287	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured loan	L + 8.00% (PIK)	5/22/2023		0.0%		37,232		36,771		33,974
CM7 Restaurant Holdings, LLC 18900 Dallas Parkway Dallas, TX 75287	Food and beverage	LLC Interest	N/A	N/A		0.1%		340		340		40
Confluent Health, LLC.(1)(2) 175 S English Station Rd Ste. 218 Louisville, KY	Healthcare providers and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.00%	6/24/2026		0.0%		17,865		17,706		16,838
ConnectWise, LLC(1)(5) 4110 George Rd., Suite 200 Tampa, FL, 33634	Business services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.00%	2/28/2025		0.0%		180,013		178,071		171,462
ConnectWise, LLC(1)(10) 4110 George Rd., Suite 200 Tampa, FL, 33634	Business services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.00%	2/28/2025		0.0%		—		(209)		(950)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($ in thousands) Company	Industry	Type of Investment	Interest Rate	Maturity / Dissolution Date	Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis		Principal Number of Shares / Number of Units		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
DB Datacenter Holdings Inc.(1)(2) 400 South Akard Street, Suite 100 Dallas, TX 75202	Telecommunications	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 8.00%	4/3/2025		0.0%		47,409		46,850		45,394
Definitive Healthcare Holdings, LLC(1)(4) 550 Cochituate Rd. Framingham, MA 01701	Healthcare technology	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.50%	7/16/2026		0.0%		196,956		195,164		188,585
Definitive Healthcare Holdings, LLC(1)(10) 550 Cochituate Rd. Framingham, MA 01701	Healthcare technology	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 5.50%	7/16/2026		0.0%		—		(195)		(1,304)
Definitive Healthcare Holdings, LLC(1)(4) 550 Cochituate Rd. Framingham, MA 01701	Healthcare technology	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.50%	7/16/2024		0.0%		10,870		10,776		10,408
DMT Solutions Global Corporation(1)(5) 37 Executive Dr Danbury, CT 06810	Professional services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 7.00%	7/2/2024		0.0%		59,599		57,786		55,725
Douglas Products and Packaging Company LLC(1)(4) 1550 E. Old 210 Highway Liberty, MO 64068	Chemicals	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.75%	10/19/2022		0.0%		98,691		98,113		93,511
Douglas Products and Packaging Company LLC(1)(7) 1550 E. Old 210 Highway Liberty, MO 64068	Chemicals	First lien senior secured revolving loan	P + 4.75%	10/19/2022		0.0%		9,083		9,043		8,606
Endries Acquisition, Inc.(1)(6) 714 West Ryan Street, P.O. Box 69 Brillion, Wisconsin USA 54110-0069	Distribution	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.25%	12/10/2025		0.0%		178,200		175,539		167,954
Endries Acquisition, Inc.(1)(6)(10) 714 West Ryan Street, P.O. Box 69 Brillion, Wisconsin USA 54110-0069	Distribution	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 6.25%	12/10/2020		0.0%		21,428		20,540		17,837
Endries Acquisition, Inc.(1)(10) 714 West Ryan Street, P.O. Box 69 Brillion, Wisconsin USA 54110-0069	Distribution	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.25%	12/10/2024		0.0%		—		(369)		(1,553)
Entertainment Benefits Group, LLC(1)(2) 19495 Biscayne Boulevard, Suite 300, Aventura, FL 33180	Business services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.75%	9/30/2025		0.0%		81,590		80,452		73,839
Entertainment Benefits Group, LLC(1)(2)(10) 19495 Biscayne Boulevard, Suite 300, Aventura, FL 33180	Business services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.75%	9/30/2024		0.0%		10,360		10,198		9,220
EW Holdco, LLC (dba European Wax)(1)(2) P.O. Box 802208 Aventura, FL 33280	Specialty Retail	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.50%	9/25/2024		0.0%		71,838		71,264		66,809
Feradyne Outdoors, LLC(1)(4) 1230 Poplar Avenue Superior, WI 54880	Consumer products	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.25%	5/25/2023		0.0%		112,324		111,530		95,475

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($ in thousands) Company	Industry	Type of Investment	Interest Rate	Maturity / Dissolution Date	Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis		Principal Number of Shares / Number of Units		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
FR Arsenal Holdings II Corp. (dba Applied-Cleveland Holdings, Inc.)(1)(4) 370690 East Old Highway 64 Cleveland, OK 74020	Infrastructure and environmental services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 7.25%	9/8/2022		0.0%		145,450		143,823		141,814
Galls, LLC(1)(4) 1340 Russell Cave Road P.O. Box 54308 Lexington, KY 40505	Specialty Retail	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.25%	1/31/2025		0.0%		101,110		100,134		94,537
Galls, LLC(1)(2)(10) 1340 Russell Cave Road P.O. Box 54308 Lexington, KY 40505	Specialty Retail	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.25%	1/31/2024		0.0%		20,118		19,899		18,747
GC Agile Holdings Limited (dba Apex Fund Services)(1)(5) Veritas House, 125 Finsbury Pavement London, England, EC2A 1NQ	Professional services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 7.00%	6/15/2025		0.0%		160,079		157,601		151,675
GC Agile Holdings Limited (dba Apex Fund Services)(1)(4)(10) Veritas House, 125 Finsbury Pavement London, England, EC2A 1NQ	Professional services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 7.00%	6/15/2023		0.0%		5,193		4,980		4,648
Genesis Acquisition Co. (dba Procare Software)(1)(4) 1 West Main St., Ste 201 Medford, OR 97501	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 3.75%	7/31/2024		0.0%		17,928		17,658		17,032
Genesis Acquisition Co. (dba Procare Software)(1)(10) 1 West Main St., Ste 201 Medford, OR 97501	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 3.75%	7/31/2020		0.0%		—		(34)		(190)
Genesis Acquisition Co. (dba Procare Software)(1)(2) 1 West Main St., Ste 201 Medford, OR 97501	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 3.75%	7/31/2024		0.0%		2,637		2,599		2,505
Geodigm Corporation (dba National Dentex)(1)(5) 11601 Kew Gardens Ave, Suite 200 Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410	Healthcare providers and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.87%	12/1/2021		0.0%		123,145		122,563		103,134
Gerson Lehrman Group, Inc.(1)(4) 60 East 42nd Street, 3rd Floor New York, NY 10165	Professional services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.25%	12/12/2024		0.0%		306,038		303,552		292,266
Gerson Lehrman Group, Inc.(1)(7)(10) 60 East 42nd Street, 3rd Floor New York, NY 10165	Professional services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	P + 3.25%	12/12/2024		0.0%		13,477		13,308		12,507
GI CCLS Acquisition LLC (fka GI Chill Acquisition LLC)(1)(4) 611 Gateway Blvd, Suite 820 South San Francisco, CA 94080	Healthcare providers and services	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 7.50%	8/6/2026		0.0%		135,400		134,249		127,615
Give and Go Prepared Foods Corp.(1)(4) 6650 Finch Ave West Etobicoke ON M9W 5Y6, Canada	Food and beverage	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 8.50%	1/29/2024		0.0%		42,000		41,719		42,000
H-Food Holdings, LLC(1)(2) 3500 Lacey Road, Suite 300 Downers Grove IL 60515	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.00%	5/23/2025		0.0%		14,915		14,792		12,887
H-Food Holdings, LLC(1)(2) 3500 Lacey Road, Suite 300 Downers Grove IL 60515	Food and beverage	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 7.00%	3/2/2026		0.0%		121,800		119,257		103,835

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($ in thousands) Company	Industry	Type of Investment	Interest Rate	Maturity / Dissolution Date	Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis		Principal Number of Shares / Number of Units		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
H-Food Holdings, LLC 3500 Lacey Road, Suite 300, Downers Grove IL 60515	Food and beverage	LLC Interest	N/A	N/A		0.9%		10,875		10,875		8,890
Hayward Industries, Inc.(1)(2) 620 Division Street Elizabeth, NJ 07201	Household products	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 8.25%	8/4/2025		0.0%		52,149		51,367		47,977
HGH Purchaser, Inc. (dba Horizon Services)(1)(2) 320 Century Blvd Wilmington, DE 19808	Household products	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.00%	11/3/2025		0.0%		77,566		76,468		71,748
HGH Purchaser, Inc. (dba Horizon Services)(1)(2)(10) 320 Century Blvd Wilmington, DE 19808	Household products	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.00%	11/3/2025		0.0%		6,804		6,668		6,075
HGH Purchaser, Inc. (dba Horizon Services)(1)(10) 320 Century Blvd Wilmington, DE 19808	Household products	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 6.00%	11/1/2021		0.0%		—		(75)		(2,025)
Hometown Food Company(1)(2) 1 Strawberry Lane Orrville, Ohio 44667-0280	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.25%	8/31/2023		0.0%		28,132		27,731		27,147
Hometown Food Company(1)(2)(10) 1 Strawberry Lane Orrville, Ohio 44667-0280	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.25%	8/31/2023		0.0%		3,671		3,613		3,522
Hyland Software, Inc.(1)(2) 28500 Clemens Road Westlake, OH 44145	Internet software and services	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 7.00%	7/7/2025		0.0%		28,074		27,693		26,530
Ideal Tridon Holdings, Inc.(1)(4) 8100 Tridon Drive Smyrna, TN USA 37167-6603	Manufacturing	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.75%	7/31/2024		0.0%		55,510		54,798		52,734
Ideal Tridon Holdings, Inc.(1)(2)(10) 8100 Tridon Drive Smyrna, TN USA 37167-6603	Manufacturing	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.75%	7/31/2023		0.0%		3,845		3,786		3,559
Ideal Tridon Holdings, Inc.(1)(4)(10) 8100 Tridon Drive Smyrna, TN USA 37167-6603	Manufacturing	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 5.75%	12/25/2020		0.0%		523		511		482
Individual Foodservice Holdings, LLC(1)(5) 5496 Lindbergh Lane Bell, CA 90201	Distribution	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.75%	11/22/2025		0.0%		121,077		118,559		113,509
Individual Foodservice Holdings, LLC(1)(5)(10) 5496 Lindbergh Lane Bell, CA 90201	Distribution	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 5.75%	5/22/2021		0.0%		9,104		8,370		6,872
Individual Foodservice Holdings, LLC(1)(5)(10) 5496 Lindbergh Lane Bell, CA 90201	Distribution	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.75%	11/22/2024		0.0%		7,140		6,706		5,801
Innovative Water Care Global Corporation(1)(4) 1400 Bluegrass Lakes Pkwy Alpharetta, GA 30004	Chemicals	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.00%	2/27/2026		0.0%		148,500		139,320		123,255
Instructure, Inc.(1)(4) 6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700 Salt Lake City, UT 84121	Education	First lien senior secured loan	L + 7.00%	3/24/2026		0.0%		71,761		70,867		70,864

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($ in thousands) Company	Industry	Type of Investment	Interest Rate	Maturity / Dissolution Date	Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis		Principal Number of Shares / Number of Units		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Instructure, Inc.(1)(10) 6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700 Salt Lake City, UT 84121	Education	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 7.00%	3/24/2026		0.0%		—		(69)		(69)
Integrity Marketing Acquisition, LLC(1)(4) 9111 Cypress Waters Blvd Suite 450 Coppell, TX 75019	Insurance	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.75%	8/27/2025		0.0%		222,784		219,229		209,975
Integrity Marketing Acquisition, LLC(1)(4) 9111 Cypress Waters Blvd Suite 450 Coppell, TX 75019	Insurance	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.75%	8/27/2025		0.0%		14,832		14,632		13,979
11849573 Canada Inc. (dba Intelerad Medical Systems Incorporated)(1)(2) 800 Boulevard de Maisonneuve East 12th floor Montreal, Quebec H2L 4L8, Canada	Healthcare technology	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.25%	2/23/2026		0.0%		56,561		55,864		54,299
11849573 Canada Inc. (dba Intelerad Medical Systems Incorporated)(1)(10) 800 Boulevard de Maisonneuve East 12th floor Montreal, Quebec H2L 4L8, Canada	Healthcare technology	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 6.25%	2/21/2021		0.0%		—		(28)		(90)
11849573 Canada Inc. (dba Intelerad Medical Systems Incorporated)(1)(2) 800 Boulevard de Maisonneuve East 12th floor Montreal, Quebec H2L 4L8, Canada	Healthcare technology	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.25%	2/20/2026		0.0%		5,656		5,587		5,430
Interoperability Bidco, Inc.(1)(6) 100 High Street, Suite 1560 Boston, MA 02110	Healthcare technology	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.75%	6/25/2026		0.0%		76,621		75,746		70,683
Interoperability Bidco, Inc.(1)(10) 100 High Street, Suite 1560 Boston, MA 02110	Healthcare technology	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 5.75%	6/25/2021		0.0%		—		(9)		(530)
Interoperability Bidco, Inc.(1)(3) 100 High Street, Suite 1560 Boston, MA 02110	Healthcare technology	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.75%	6/25/2024		0.0%		4,000		3,958		3,690
IQN Holding Corp. (dba Beeline)(1)(4) 12724 Gran Bay Parkway West, Suite 200 Jacksonville, FL 32258-4467	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.50%	8/20/2024		0.0%		191,413		189,191		182,800
IQN Holding Corp. (dba Beeline)(1)(4)(10) 12724 Gran Bay Parkway West, Suite 200 Jacksonville, FL 32258-4467	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.50%	8/21/2023		0.0%		7,139		6,909		6,119
IRI Holdings, Inc.(1)(4) 150 North Clinton Street Chicago, IL 60661-1416	Advertising and media	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.50%	12/1/2025		0.0%		14,813		14,688		13,998
JM Swank, LLC(1)(4) 21333 Haggerty Rd. Suite 100 Novi, MI 48375	Distribution	First lien senior secured loan	L + 7.50%	7/25/2022		0.0%		115,866		114,714		111,811
KS Management Services, L.L.C.(1)(2) 2727 West Holcombe Boulevard Houston, TX 77025	Healthcare providers and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.25%	1/9/2026		0.0%		124,687		123,179		119,700

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($ in thousands) Company	Industry	Type of Investment	Interest Rate	Maturity / Dissolution Date	Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis		Principal Number of Shares / Number of Units		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Sara Lee Frozen Bakery, LLC (fka KSLB Holdings, LLC)(1)(2) 3500 Lacey Rd Downers Grove, IL 60515	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.50%	7/30/2025		0.0%		44,652		43,953		42,196
Sara Lee Frozen Bakery, LLC (fka KSLB Holdings, LLC)(1)(2)(10) 3500 Lacey Rd Downers Grove, IL 60515	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 4.50%	7/31/2023		0.0%		3,120		2,985		2,625
KWOR Acquisition, Inc. (dba Worley Claims Services)(1)(2) Post Office Box 249 Hammond, LA 70404	Insurance	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.00%	6/3/2026		0.0%		20,467		19,866		19,034
KWOR Acquisition, Inc. (dba Worley Claims Services)(1)(10) Post Office Box 249 Hammond, LA 70404	Insurance	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 4.00%	6/3/2021		0.0%		—		(59)		(144)
KWOR Acquisition, Inc. (dba Worley Claims Services)(1)(7)(10) Post Office Box 249 Hammond, LA 70404	Insurance	First lien senior secured revolving loan	P + 2.75%	6/3/2024		0.0%		1,040		942		676
KWOR Acquisition, Inc. (dba Worley Claims Services)(1)(2) Post Office Box 249 Hammond, LA 70404	Insurance	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 7.75%	12/3/2026		0.0%		49,600		48,915		46,128
Lazer Spot G B Holdings, Inc.(1)(4) 6525 Shiloh Rd #900 Alpharetta, GA 30005	Transportation	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.00%	12/9/2025		0.0%		133,200		130,987		127,539
Lazer Spot G B Holdings, Inc.(1)(2)(10) 6525 Shiloh Rd #900 Alpharetta, GA 30005	Transportation	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 6.00%	6/9/2021		0.0%		9,660		9,495		9,137
Lazer Spot G B Holdings, Inc.(1)(2)(10) 6525 Shiloh Rd #900 Alpharetta, GA 30005	Transportation	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.00%	12/9/2025		0.0%		25,411		24,972		24,271
Learning Care Group (US) No. 2 Inc.(1)(4) 21333 Haggerty Rd., Suite 100 Novi, MI 48375	Education	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 7.50%	3/13/2026		0.0%		26,967		26,552		26,090
Liberty Oilfield Services LLC(1)(2) 950 17th Street, Suite 2000, 20th Floor Denver, CO 80202	Energy equipment and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 7.63%	9/19/2022		0.0%		13,926		13,787		13,195
Lightning Midco, LLC (dba Vector Solutions)(1)(4) 4890 W. Kennedy Blvd, Suite 300 Tampa, FL 33609	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.50%	11/21/2025		0.0%		113,477		112,526		108,938
Lightning Midco, LLC (dba Vector Solutions)(1)(7)(10) 4890 W. Kennedy Blvd, Suite 300 Tampa, FL 33609	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	P + 4.50%	11/23/2020		0.0%		24,726		24,512		23,666
Lightning Midco, LLC (dba Vector Solutions)(1)(7)(10) 4890 W. Kennedy Blvd, Suite 300 Tampa, FL 33609	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	P + 4.50%	11/21/2023		0.0%		12,427		12,329		11,892
LineStar Integrity Services LLC(1)(5) 5391 Bay Oaks Dr. Pasadena, TX 77505	Infrastructure and environmental services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 7.25%	2/12/2024		0.0%		89,532		88,209		81,026
Litera Bidco LLC(1)(4) 300 S Riverside Plaza #800 Chicago, IL 60606	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.75%	5/29/2026		0.0%		64,546		63,725		62,126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($ in thousands) Company	Industry	Type of Investment	Interest Rate	Maturity / Dissolution Date	Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis		Principal Number of Shares / Number of Units		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Litera Bidco LLC(1)(4) 300 S Riverside Plaza #800 Chicago, IL 60606	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.75%	5/30/2025		0.0%		5,738		5,674		5,522
Lytx, Inc.(1)(2) 9785 Towne Centre Drive San Diego, CA 92121	Transportation	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.00%	2/28/2026		0.0%		54,019		53,039		51,722
Lytx, Inc.(1)(10) 9785 Towne Centre Drive San Diego, CA 92121	Transportation	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 6.00%	2/28/2022		0.0%		—		(179)		(799)
Manna Development Group, LLC(1)(2) 2339 11th Street Encinitas, CA 92024	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.00%	10/24/2022		0.0%		56,511		55,995		51,990
Manna Development Group, LLC(1)(2)(10) 2339 11th Street Encinitas, CA 92024	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.00%	10/24/2022		0.0%		3,382		3,283		3,035
Mavis Tire Express Services Corp.(1)(4) 358 Saw Mill River Road, Suite 17 Millwood, NY 10546	Automotive	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 8.00%	3/20/2026		0.0%		179,905		176,839		164,613
Mavis Tire Express Services Corp.(1)(4)(10) 358 Saw Mill River Road, Suite 17 Millwood, NY 10546	Automotive	Second lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 8.00%	3/20/2021		0.0%		—		—		(796)
MHE Intermediate Holdings, LLC (dba Material Handling Services)(1)(4) 3201 Levis Commons Blvd Perrysburg, OH 43551	Manufacturing	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.00%	3/8/2024		0.0%		23,881		23,688		22,269
MINDBODY, Inc.(1)(5) 651 Tank Farm Road San Luis Obispo, CA	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 7.00%	2/14/2025		0.0%		57,679		57,189		52,343
MINDBODY, Inc.(1)(5) 651 Tank Farm Road San Luis Obispo, CA	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 7.00%	2/14/2025		0.0%		6,071		6,022		5,510
Moore Holdings 6201 E 43rd St Tulsa, OK 74135	Manufacturing	LLC Interest	N/A	N/A		12.6%		31,822		56,955		51,255
Motus, LLC and Runzheimer International LLC(1)(4) Two Financial Center 60 South Street, Boston, MA 02111	Transportation	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.04%	1/17/2024		0.0%		58,151		57,150		56,116
Nelipak Holding Company(1)(2) 21 Amflex Drive Cranston, RI, 02921, USA	Healthcare providers and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.25%	7/2/2026		0.0%		47,882		47,007		45,249
Nelipak Holding Company(1)(5) 21 Amflex Drive Cranston, RI, 02921, USA	Healthcare providers and services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 4.25%	7/2/2024		0.0%		7,371		7,244		6,965
Nelipak Holding Company(1)(8)(10) 21 Amflex Drive Cranston, RI, 02921, USA	Healthcare providers and services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	E + 4.50%	7/2/2024		0.0%		2,941		2,777		2,543
Nelipak Holding Company(1)(2) 21 Amflex Drive Cranston, RI, 02921, USA	Healthcare providers and services	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 8.25%	7/2/2027		0.0%		67,006		66,064		62,818
Nelipak Holding Company(1)(8) 21 Amflex Drive Cranston, RI, 02921, USA	Healthcare providers and services	Second lien senior secured loan	E + 8.50%	7/2/2027		0.0%		65,945		66,309		61,000

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($ in thousands) Company	Industry	Type of Investment	Interest Rate	Maturity / Dissolution Date	Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis		Principal Number of Shares / Number of Units		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
NMI Acquisitionco, Inc. (dba Network Merchants)(1)(2) 201 Main St. Roselle, IL 60172	Financial services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.50%	9/6/2022		0.0%		28,121		27,742		27,066
NMI Acquisitionco, Inc. (dba Network Merchants)(1)(2) 201 Main St. Roselle, IL 60172	Financial services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.50%	9/6/2022		0.0%		646		638		622
Norvax, LLC (dba GoHealth)(1)(4) 214 West Huron St. Chicago, IL 60654	Insurance	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.50%	9/15/2025		0.0%		200,868		196,031		192,833
Norvax, LLC (dba GoHealth)(1)(10) 214 West Huron St. Chicago, IL 60654	Insurance	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.50%	9/13/2024		0.0%		—		(164)		(491)
Norvax, LLC (dba GoHealth) 214 West Huron St. Chicago, IL 60654	Insurance	LLC Interest	N/A	N/A		0.9%		8,182		8,182		8,182
Offen, Inc.(1)(5) 5100 East 78th Avenue Commerce City, CO 80022	Distribution	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.00%	6/22/2026		0.0%		14,580		14,447		13,304
Offen, Inc.(1)(10) 5100 East 78th Avenue Commerce City, CO 80022	Distribution	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 5.00%	12/21/2020		0.0%		—		(48)		(465)
PAK Acquisition Corporation (dba Valpak)(1)(4) 805 Executive Center Drive West #100 St. Petersburg, FL 33702	Advertising and media	First lien senior secured loan	L + 8.00%	6/30/2022		0.0%		61,725		61,145		60,336
Peter C. Foy & Associated Insurance Services, LLC(1)(4) 6200 Canoga Avenue, Suite 325 Woodland Hills, CA 91367	Insurance	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.00%	3/31/2026		0.0%		62,205		61,428		61,427
Peter C. Foy & Associated Insurance Services, LLC(1)(10) 6200 Canoga Avenue, Suite 325 Woodland Hills, CA 91367	Insurance	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 6.00%	9/30/2021		0.0%		—		(229)		(51)
Peter C. Foy & Associated Insurance Services, LLC(1)(10) 6200 Canoga Avenue, Suite 325 Woodland Hills, CA 91367	Insurance	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 6.00%	6/30/2020		0.0%		—		(121)		(27)
Peter C. Foy & Associated Insurance Services, LLC(1)(10) 6200 Canoga Avenue, Suite 325 Woodland Hills, CA 91367	Insurance	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.00%	3/31/2026		0.0%		—		(134)		(134)
PHM Netherlands Midco B.V. (dba Loparex)(1)(4) 1255 Crescent Green Suite 400 Cary, NC 27518	Manufacturing	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 8.75%	8/2/2027		0.0%		112,000		104,592		99,680
Pregis Topco LLC(1)(2) 1650 Lake Cook Road, Suite 400 Deerfield, IL 60015 USA	Containers and packaging	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 8.00%	7/30/2027		0.0%		186,333		182,819		172,824
Premier Imaging, LLC (dba LucidHealth)(1)(2) 100 E. Campus View Blvd., Suite 100 Columbus, Ohio 43235	Healthcare providers and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.50%	1/2/2025		0.0%		33,575		33,027		31,728
Professional Plumbing Group, Inc.(1)(4) 2951 E HWY 501 Conway, SC 29526	Manufacturing	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.75%	4/16/2024		0.0%		52,080		51,510		49,216

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($ in thousands) Company	Industry	Type of Investment	Interest Rate	Maturity / Dissolution Date	Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis		Principal Number of Shares / Number of Units		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Professional Plumbing Group, Inc.(1)(4)(10) 2951 E HWY 501 Conway, SC 29526	Manufacturing	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.75%	4/16/2023		0.0%		11,071		10,991		10,389
Project Power Buyer, LLC (dba PEC-Veriforce)(1)(4) 233 General Patton Ave. Mandeville, LA 70471	Oil and gas	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.75%	5/14/2026		0.0%		32,690		32,322		30,566
Project Power Buyer, LLC (dba PEC-Veriforce)(1)(10) 233 General Patton Ave. Mandeville, LA 70471	Oil and gas	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.75%	5/14/2025		0.0%		—		(34)		(207)
QC Supply, LLC(1)(2) 574 Road 11 Schuyler, NE 68661	Distribution	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.50% (1.00% PIK)	12/29/2022		0.0%		34,486		34,050		31,727
QC Supply, LLC(1)(2) 574 Road 11 Schuyler, NE 68661	Distribution	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.50%	12/29/2021		0.0%		4,969		4,925		4,571
Recipe Acquisition Corp. (dba Roland Corporation)(1)(4) 71 West 23rd Street New York, NY 10010	Food and beverage	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 8.00%	12/1/2022		0.0%		32,000		31,691		29,680
RSC Acquisition, Inc (dba Risk Strategies)(1)(4) 160 Federal Street, 4th Floor Boston, Massachusetts 02110	Insurance	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.50%	10/30/2026		0.0%		44,766		43,914		41,856
RSC Acquisition, Inc (dba Risk Strategies)(1)(10) 160 Federal Street, 4th Floor Boston, Massachusetts 02110	Insurance	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.50%	10/30/2026		0.0%		—		(32)		(111)
RSC Acquisition, Inc (dba Risk Strategies)(1)(10) 160 Federal Street, 4th Floor Boston, Massachusetts 02110	Insurance	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 5.50%	10/30/2026		0.0%		—		(174)		(602)
Safety Products/JHC Acquisition Corp. (dba Justrite Safety Group)(1)(5) 3921 DeWitt Ave Mattoon, IL 61938 U.S.A.	Manufacturing	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.50%	6/28/2026		0.0%		13,446		13,325		12,606
Safety Products/JHC Acquisition Corp. (dba Justrite Safety Group)(1)(2)(10) 3921 DeWitt Ave Mattoon, IL 61938 U.S.A.	Manufacturing	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 4.50%	6/28/2021		0.0%		727		712		624
Sebago Lake LLC(11) 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor New York, NY 10022	Investment funds and vehicles	LLC Interest	N/A	N/A		50.0%		107,838		107,838		92,128
Severin Acquisition, LLC (dba PowerSchool)(1)(4) 150 Parkshore Dr. Folsom, CA 95630	Education	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 6.75%	8/3/2026		0.0%		112,000		111,180		102,760
SURF HOLDINGS LLC (dba Sophos Group plc)(1)(4) Abingdon Science Park Abingdon OX14 3YP United Kingdom	Internet software and services	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 8.00%	3/6/2028		0.0%		40,385		39,391		37,962

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($ in thousands) Company	Industry	Type of Investment	Interest Rate	Maturity / Dissolution Date	Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis		Principal Number of Shares / Number of Units		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Swipe Acquisition Corporation (dba PLI)(1)(4) 1220 Trade Drive North Las Vegas, NV 89030	Advertising and media	First lien senior secured loan	L + 8.00%	6/29/2024		0.0%		157,697		155,264		141,927
Tall Tree Foods, Inc.(1)(2) 1190 West Loop South Houston, TX 77028	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured loan	L + 7.25%	8/12/2022		0.0%		45,400		45,091		41,768
TC Holdings, LLC (dba TrialCard)(1)(2) 2250 Perimeter Park Dr #300, Morrisville, NC 27560	Healthcare providers and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.50%	11/14/2023		0.0%		83,965		82,843		82,076
TC Holdings, LLC (dba TrialCard)(1)(10) 2250 Perimeter Park Dr #300, Morrisville, NC 27560	Healthcare providers and services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 4.50%	11/14/2022		0.0%		—		(82)		(173)
THG Acquisition, LLC (dba Hilb)(1)(4) 6802 Paragon Place, Suite 200 Richmond, Virginia 23230	Insurance	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.75%	12/2/2026		0.0%		59,917		58,473		55,723
THG Acquisition, LLC (dba Hilb)(1)(4)(10) 6802 Paragon Place, Suite 200 Richmond, Virginia 23230	Insurance	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 5.75%	12/2/2021		0.0%		2,947		2,711		1,942
THG Acquisition, LLC (dba Hilb)(1)(4)(10) 6802 Paragon Place, Suite 200 Richmond, Virginia 23230	Insurance	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.75%	12/2/2025		0.0%		3,817		3,685		3,424
Trader Interactive, LLC (fka Dominion Web Solutions, LLC)(1)(5) 150 Granby Street Norfolk, VA 23510-1604	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.50%	6/17/2024		0.0%		133,594		132,327		127,582
Trader Interactive, LLC (fka Dominion Web Solutions, LLC)(1)(4)(10) 150 Granby Street Norfolk, VA 23510-1604	Internet software and services	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.50%	6/15/2023		0.0%		2,555		2,502		2,267
Troon Golf, L.L.C.(1)(4) 15044 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 300 Scottsdale, AZ 85254	Leisure and entertainment	First lien senior secured term loan A and B	L + 5.50% (TLA: L + 3.5%; TLB: L + 5.98%)	3/29/2025		0.0%		176,728		174,872		172,752
Troon Golf, L.L.C.(1)(2)(10) 15044 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 300 Scottsdale, AZ 85254	Leisure and entertainment	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.50%	3/29/2025		0.0%		10,772		10,646		10,447
TSB Purchaser, Inc. (dba Teaching Strategies, Inc.)(1)(4) 4500 East-West Highway Suite 300 Bethesda, MD 20814	Education	First lien senior secured loan	L + 6.00%	5/14/2024		0.0%		62,055		60,917		59,883
TSB Purchaser, Inc. (dba Teaching Strategies, Inc.)(1)(4)(10) 4500 East-West Highway Suite 300 Bethesda, MD 20814	Education	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 6.00%	5/14/2024		0.0%		1,229		1,157		1,081
Ultimate Baked Goods Midco, LLC(1)(2) 828 Kasota Ave SE Minneapolis, MN 55414	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured loan	L + 4.00%	8/11/2025		0.0%		26,663		26,183		25,463
Ultimate Baked Goods Midco, LLC(1)(7)(10) 828 Kasota Ave SE Minneapolis, MN 55414	Food and beverage	First lien senior secured revolving loan	P + 3.00%	8/9/2023		0.0%		1,906		1,829		1,677
Valence Surface Technologies LLC(1)(4) 1790 Hughes Landing Blvd Ste. 300 The Woodlands, TX 77380	Aerospace and defense	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.75%	6/28/2021		0.0%		99,500		98,162		90,048

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($ in thousands) Company	Industry	Type of Investment	Interest Rate	Maturity / Dissolution Date	Percentage of Class Held on a Fully Diluted Basis		Principal Number of Shares / Number of Units		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Valence Surface Technologies LLC(1)(5)(10) 1790 Hughes Landing Blvd Ste. 300 The Woodlands, TX 77380	Aerospace and defense	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 5.75%	6/28/2021		0.0%		24,000		23,642		21,150
Valence Surface Technologies LLC(1)(5)(10) 1790 Hughes Landing Blvd Ste. 300 The Woodlands, TX 77380	Aerospace and defense	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.75%	6/28/2025		0.0%		9,951		9,820		9,001
Velocity Commercial Capital, LLC(1)(5) Russell Ranch Rd. Suite 295 Westlake Village, CA 91362	Buildings and real estate	First lien senior secured loan	L + 7.50%	8/29/2024		0.0%		63,980		63,258		60,621
Vestcom Parent Holdings, Inc.(1)(5) 2800 Cantrell Rd #500 Little Rock, AR 72202	Business services	Second lien senior secured loan	L + 8.00%	12/19/2024		0.0%		78,987		78,219		76,025
Wingspire Capital Holdings LLC(10)(11) 8000 Avalon Blvd., Suite 100 Alpharetta, GA 30009	Financial services	LLC Interest	N/A	N/A		75.0%		48,914		48,914		48,914
WU Holdco, Inc. (dba Weiman Products, LLC)(1)(4) 705 Tri State Pkwy Gurnee, IL 60031	Consumer products	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.50%	3/26/2026		0.0%		159,702		156,863		151,317
WU Holdco, Inc. (dba Weiman Products, LLC)(1)(4)(10) 705 Tri State Pkwy Gurnee, IL 60031	Consumer products	First lien senior secured revolving loan	L + 5.50%	3/26/2025		0.0%		13,829		13,598		13,098
Zenith Energy U.S. Logistics Holdings, LLC(1)(2) 3900 Essex Lane Suite 950 Houston, TX 77027	Oil and gas	First lien senior secured loan	L + 5.50%	12/20/2024		0.0%		85,366		84,079		81,096
Zenith Energy U.S. Logistics Holdings, LLC(1)(10) 3900 Essex Lane Suite 950 Houston, TX 77027	Oil and gas	First lien senior secured delayed draw term loan	L + 5.50%	1/9/2021		0.0%		—		(95)		(300)

(1)

Loan contains a variable rate structure and may be subject to an interest rate floor. Variable rate loans bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to either the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” or “L”) (which can include one-, two-, three- or six-month LIBOR) or an alternate base rate (which can include the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Prime Rate), at the borrower’s option, and which reset periodically based on the terms of the loan agreement.

(2)

The interest rate on these loans is subject to 1 month LIBOR, which as of March 31, 2020 was 0.99%.

(3)

The interest rate on these loans is subject to 2 month LIBOR, which as of March 31, 2020 was 1.26%.

(4)

The interest rate on these loans is subject to 3 month LIBOR, which as of March 31, 2020 was 1.45%.

(5)

The interest rate on these loans is subject to 6 month LIBOR, which as of March 31, 2020 was 1.18%.

(6)

The interest rate on these loans is subject to 12 month LIBOR, which as of March 31, 2020 was 1.00%.

(7)

The interest rate on these loans is subject to Prime, which as of March 31, 2020 was 3.25%.

(8)

The interest rate on these loans is subject to 3 month EURIBOR, which as of March 31, 2020 was (0.36)%.

(9)

The interest rate on this loan is subject to 3 month Canadian Dollar Offered Rate (“CDOR” or “C”), which as of March 31, 2020 was 1.24%.

(10)

Position or portion thereof is an unfunded loan commitment. See Note 7 “Commitments and Contingencies”.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(11)

As defined in the 1940 Act, the Company is deemed to be both an “Affiliated Person” and has “Control” of this portfolio company as the Company owns more than 25% of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities or has the power to exercise control over management or policies of such portfolio company (including through a management agreement). Other than for purposes of the 1940 Act, the Company does not believe that it has control over this portfolio company.

Subsequent to this filing, information about the portfolio companies in which we have debt or equity investments may be located in Part II, Item 7 “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Portfolio Companies” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference. The general terms of our expected debt and equity investments are described in Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Structure of Investments” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. Other than these investments, our only formal relationships with our portfolio companies will be the managerial assistance we may provide upon request and the board observer or participation rights we may receive in connection with our investment.

MANAGEMENT

The information in the sections entitled “Election of Director Nominees” and “Corporate Governance” in our most recent Annual Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

MANAGEMENT AND OTHER AGREEMENTS

The information in the sections entitled “Investment Advisory Agreement,” “Administration Agreement,” “Payment of Our Expenses under the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements” and “License Agreement” in Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS” of our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, and in Note 3 “Agreements And Related Party Transactions” in to our consolidated financial statements in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q is incorporated herein by reference.

RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS

The information in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” in our most recent Annual Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The information in the sections entitled “Election of Director Nominees” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our most recent Annual Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The net asset value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock is determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares outstanding. We calculate the value of our investments in accordance with the procedures described in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Critical Accounting Policies — Investments at Fair Value” in Part II, Item 7 of our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Part I, Item 2 of our most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Determinations in Connection with Offerings

In connection with certain future offerings of shares of our common stock, our Board or an authorized committee thereof will be required to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock, exclusive of any distributing commission or discount (which net asset value shall be determined as of a time within 48 hours, excluding Sunday and holidays, next preceding the time of such determination). Our Board or an authorized committee thereof will consider the following factors, among others, in making such a determination:

•

the net asset value of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

our management’s assessment of whether any material change in the net asset value of our common stock has occurred (including through the realization of gains on the sale of our portfolio securities) during the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our common stock and ending as of a time within 48 hours (excluding Sundays and holidays) of the sale of our common stock; and

•

the magnitude of the difference between (i) a value that our Board or an authorized committee thereof has determined reflects the current (as of a time within 48 hours, excluding Sundays and holidays) net asset value of our common stock, which is based upon the net asset value of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC, as adjusted to reflect our management’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value of our common stock since the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our common stock, and (ii) the offering price of the shares of our common stock in the proposed offering.

Moreover, to the extent that there is a possibility that we may (i) issue share of common stock at a price per share below the then current net asset value per share at the time at which the sale is made or (ii) trigger the undertaking (which we provide in certain registration statements we file with the SEC) to suspend the offering of shares of our common stock if the net asset value per share fluctuates by certain amounts in certain circumstances until the prospectus is amended, our Board will elect, in the case of clause (i) above, either to postpone the offering until such time that there is no longer the possibility of the occurrence of such event or to undertake to determine the net asset value per share of common stock within two days prior to any such sale to ensure that such sale will not be below our then current net asset value per share, and, in the case of clause (ii) above, to comply with such undertaking or to undertake to determine the net asset value per share to ensure that such undertaking has not been triggered.

These processes and procedures are part of our compliance policies and procedures. Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations described in this section and these records will be maintained with other records that we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Pursuant to the second amended and restated dividend reinvestment plan we will reinvest all cash distributions declared by the Board on behalf of our shareholders who do not elect to receive their distribution in cash as provided below. As a result, if the Board authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then our shareholders who have not opted out of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock as described below, rather than receiving the cash dividend or other distribution.

If newly issued shares are used to implement the dividend reinvestment plan, the number of shares to be issued to a shareholder will be determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the cash dividend or distribution payable to a shareholder by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the payment date of a distribution, or if no sale is reported for such day, the average of the reported bid and ask prices. However, if the market price per share on the payment date of a cash dividend or distribution exceeds the most recently computed net asset value per share, we will issue shares at the greater of (i) the most recently computed net asset value per share and (ii) 95% of the current market price per share (or such lesser discount to the current market price per share that still exceeded the most recently computed net asset value per share). For example, if the most recently computed net asset value per share is $15.00 and the market price on the payment date of a cash dividend is $14.00 per share, we will issue shares at $14.00 per share. If the most recently computed net asset value per share is $15.00 and the market price on the payment date of a cash dividend is $16.00 per share, we will issue shares at $15.20 per share (95% of the current market price). If the most recently computed net asset value per share is $15.00 and the market price on the payment date of a cash dividend is $15.50 per share, we will issue shares at $15.00 per share, as net asset value is greater than 95% ($14.73 per share) of the current market price.

If shares are purchased in the open market to implement the dividend reinvestment plan, the number of shares to be issued to a shareholder shall be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the cash dividend payable to such shareholder by the weighted average price per share for all shares purchased by the plan administrator in the open market in connection with the dividend.

No action is required on the part of a registered shareholder to have his, her or its cash dividend or other distributions reinvested in shares of our common stock. A registered shareholder is able to elect to receive an entire cash dividend or other distribution in cash by notifying the Adviser in writing so that such notice is received by the Adviser no later than ten days prior to the record date for distributions to the shareholders.

There are no brokerage charges or other charges to shareholders who participate in the plan.

The plan is terminable by us upon notice in writing mailed to each shareholder of record at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any distribution by us.

During each quarter, but in no event later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, our transfer agent or another designated agent will mail and/or make electronically available to each participant in the dividend reinvestment plan, a statement of account describing, as to such participant, the distributions received during such quarter, the number of shares of our common stock purchased during such quarter, and the per share purchase price for such shares. Annually, as required by the Code, we (or the applicable withholding agent) will include tax information for income earned on shares under the dividend reinvestment plan on a Form 1099-DIV that is mailed to shareholders subject to IRS tax reporting. We reserve the right to amend, suspend or terminate the dividend reinvestment plan. Any distributions reinvested through the issuance of shares through our dividend reinvestment plan will increase our gross assets on which the base management fee and the incentive fee are determined and paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement. State Street Bank and Trust Company acts as the administrator of the dividend reinvestment plan.

For additional discussion regarding the tax implications of participation in the dividend reinvestment plan, see “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”. Additional information about the dividend reinvestment plan may be obtained by contacting shareholder services for Owl Rock Capital Corporation at (212) 419-3000.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our common stock. This discussion does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, this discussion does not describe tax consequences that we have assumed to be generally known by investors or certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including persons who hold our common stock as part of a straddle or a hedging, integrated or constructive sale transaction, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, brokers or dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, U.S. expatriates, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, personal holding companies, persons who acquire an interest in the Company in connection with the performance of services, and financial institutions. Such persons should consult with their own tax advisers as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common stock, which may differ substantially from those described herein. This discussion assumes that shareholders hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code).

The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this Registration Statement and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regarding any matter discussed herein. Prospective investors should be aware that, although we intend to adopt positions we believe are in accord with current interpretations of the U.S. federal income tax laws, the IRS may not agree with the tax positions taken by us and that, if challenged by the IRS, our tax positions might not be sustained by the courts. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate, alternative minimum, or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It also does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Shareholder” generally is a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

•

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or of any political subdivision thereof;

•

a trust that is subject to the supervision of a court within the U.S. and the control of one or more U.S. persons or that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

•

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

A “Non-U.S. Shareholder” is a beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a U.S. Shareholder nor a partnership for U.S. tax purposes.

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner of a partnership holding our common stock should consult its tax advisers with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of such shares.

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our common stock will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation.

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

We have elected to be treated, and intend to qualify each year, as a RIC. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our shareholders as dividends. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order to

TABLE OF CONTENTS

obtain RIC tax benefits, we must distribute to our shareholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

If we:

•

qualify as a RIC; and

•

satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement,

then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our income and capital gains that we timely distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to our shareholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our shareholders.

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of the amount by which our capital gains exceed our capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which we paid no corporate level U.S. federal income tax (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). While we intend to distribute any income and capital gains in order to avoid imposition of this 4% U.S. federal excise tax, we may not be successful in avoiding entirely the imposition of this tax. In that case, we will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which we do not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

•

continue to qualify as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

•

derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to loans of certain securities, gains from the sale of stock or other securities or foreign currencies, net income from certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities (the “90% Income Test”); and

•

diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

•

at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and

•

no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the (i) securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, (ii) securities of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or (iii) securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (the “Diversification Tests”).

We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as PIK interest and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan. Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our shareholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received the corresponding cash amount.

Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds, to sell assets and to make taxable distributions of our stock and debt securities in order to satisfy distribution requirements. Our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (i) the illiquid nature

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of our portfolio and/or (ii) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC and become subject to tax as an ordinary corporation.

Under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our shareholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. If we are prohibited from making distributions, we may fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC and become subject to tax as an ordinary corporation.

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things: (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions; (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income; (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited); (iv) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash; (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of securities is deemed to occur; (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions; and (vii) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test described above. We will monitor our transactions and may make certain tax decisions in order to mitigate the potential adverse effect of these provisions.

A RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, ordinary income plus the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses). If our expenses in a given year exceed investment company taxable income, we would experience a net operating loss for that year. However, a RIC is not permitted to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent years. In addition, expenses can be used only to offset investment company taxable income, not net capital gain. Due to these limits on the deductibility of expenses, we may, for tax purposes, have aggregate taxable income for several years that we are required to distribute and that is taxable to our shareholders even if such income is greater than the aggregate net income we actually earned during those years. Such required distributions may be made from our cash assets or by liquidation of investments, if necessary. We may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event we realize net capital gains from such transactions, a shareholder may receive a larger capital gain distribution than it would have received in the absence of such transactions.

Investment income received from sources within foreign countries, or capital gains earned by investing in securities of foreign issuers, may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. In this regard, withholding tax rates in countries with which the United States does not have a tax treaty can be as high as 35% or more. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that may entitle us to a reduced rate of tax or exemption from tax on this related income and gains. The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be determined at this time since the amount of our assets to be invested within various countries is not now known. We do not anticipate being eligible for the special election that allows a RIC to treat foreign income taxes paid by such RIC as paid by its shareholders.

If we purchase shares in a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, we may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by us to our shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. If we invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, or QEF, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed to us. Alternatively, we can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year our shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it does not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of our distributions from PFICs and our proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% U.S. federal excise tax. We intend to limit and/or manage our holdings in PFICs to minimize our liability for any taxes and related interest charges.

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by us in connection with certain transactions involving non-dollar debt securities, certain foreign currency futures contracts, foreign currency option contracts, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Code provisions that generally treat such gains and losses as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to our shareholders. Any such transactions that are not directly related to our investment in securities (possibly including speculative currency positions or currency derivatives not used for hedging purposes) could, under future Treasury regulations, produce income not among the types of “qualifying income” from which a RIC must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income.

In accordance with certain applicable Treasury regulations and guidance published by the IRS, a RIC may treat a distribution of its own stock as fulfilling its RIC distribution requirements if each shareholder may elect to receive his or her entire distribution in either cash or stock of the RIC, subject to a limitation that the aggregate amount of cash to be distributed to all shareholders must be at least 20% of the aggregate declared distribution. If too many shareholders elect to receive cash, the cash available for distribution must be allocated among shareholders electing to receive cash (with the balance of the distribution paid in stock). In no event will any shareholder, electing to receive cash, receive less than the lesser of (a) the portion of the distribution such shareholder elected to receive in cash, or (b) an amount equal to his or her entire distribution times the percentage limitation on cash available for distribution. If these and certain other requirements are met, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in stock will be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of stock. We have no current intention of paying dividends in shares of our stock in accordance with these Treasury regulations or published guidance.

Failure to Qualify as a RIC

If we fail to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and certain amelioration provisions are not applicable, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income (including our net capital gains) at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to our shareholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to our shareholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, our corporate shareholders would be eligible to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to such dividend; our non-corporate shareholders would generally be able to treat such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. In order to requalify as a RIC, in addition to the other requirements discussed above, we would be required to distribute all of our previously undistributed earnings attributable to the period we failed to qualify as a RIC by the end of the first year that we intend to requalify as a RIC. If we fail to requalify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, we may be subject to regular corporate tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of our assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if we had been liquidated) that we elect to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next five years.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we qualify for RIC tax treatment for each taxable year.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. Shareholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. Shareholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. To the extent such distributions

TABLE OF CONTENTS

paid by us to our shareholders taxed at individual rates are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions (“Qualifying Dividends”) may be eligible for a current maximum tax rate of 20%. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the 20% maximum rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends. Distributions of our net capital gains (which are generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. Shareholder as long-term capital gains that are currently taxable at a maximum rate of 20% in the case of our shareholders taxed at individual rates, regardless of the U.S. Shareholder’s holding period for his, her or its shares of our common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in such shareholder’s shares of our common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. Shareholder.

We may retain some or all of our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses, but designate the retained net capital gain as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. Shareholder will be required to include his, her or its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. Shareholder, and the U.S. Shareholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. If the amount of tax that a U.S. Shareholder is treated as having paid exceeds the tax such shareholder owes on the capital gain distribution, such excess generally may be refunded or claimed as a credit against the U.S. Shareholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. Shareholder’s cost basis for his, her or its shares of our common stock. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our shareholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a deemed distribution.

For purposes of determining (i) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (ii) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. Shareholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to our shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. Shareholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

With respect to the reinvestment of dividends, if a U.S. Shareholder owns shares of our common stock registered in its own name, the U.S. Shareholder will have all cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless the U.S. Shareholder opts out of the reinvestment of dividends by delivering a written notice to our dividend paying agent prior to the record date of the next dividend or distribution. Any distributions reinvested will nevertheless remain taxable to the U.S. Shareholder. The U.S. Shareholder will have an adjusted basis in the additional shares of our common stock purchased through the reinvestment equal to the amount of the reinvested distribution. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. Shareholder’s account.

If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution. However, the shareholder will be taxed on the distribution as described above, despite the fact that, economically, it may represent a return of his, her or its investment.

A U.S. Shareholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the U.S. Shareholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our common stock. The amount of gain or loss will be measured by the difference between such U.S. Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock sold and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Shareholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed

TABLE OF CONTENTS

capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition.

In general, U.S. Shareholders taxed at individual rates currently are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% on their recognized net capital gain (i.e., the excess of recognized net long-term capital gains over recognized net short-term capital losses, subject to certain adjustments), including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by such U.S. Shareholders. In addition, individuals with modified adjusted gross incomes in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly and $125,000 in the case of married individuals filing separately) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes gross income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses), reduced by certain deductions allocable to such income. Corporate U.S. Shareholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 21% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate U.S. Shareholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year. Any net capital losses of a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate U.S. Shareholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

Under applicable Treasury regulations, if a U.S. Shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of $2 million or more for a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate U.S. Shareholder in any single taxable year (or a greater loss over a combination of years), the U.S. Shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct U.S. Shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, U.S. Shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to U.S. Shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. U.S. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

We (or the applicable withholding agent) will send to each of our U.S. Shareholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice reporting the amounts includible in such U.S. Shareholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the 20% maximum rate). Dividends paid by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends because our income generally will not consist of dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. Shareholder’s particular situation.

We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (“backup withholding”) from all distributions to certain U.S. Shareholders (i) who fail to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such shareholder is exempt from backup withholding or (ii) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such shareholder furnished an incorrect taxpayer identification number or failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. Shareholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is provided to the IRS.

U.S. shareholders that hold their common stock through foreign accounts or intermediaries will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts are not satisfied.

Taxation of Tax-Exempt Shareholders

A U.S. Shareholder that is a tax-exempt organization for U.S. federal income tax purposes and therefore generally exempt from U.S. federal income taxation may nevertheless be subject to taxation to the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

extent that it is considered to derive unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). The direct conduct by a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder of the activities we propose to conduct could give rise to UBTI. However, a BDC is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and its business activities generally will not be attributed to its shareholders for purposes of determining their treatment under current law. Therefore, a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder generally should not be subject to U.S. taxation solely as a result of the shareholder’s ownership of our common stock and receipt of dividends with respect to such common stock. Moreover, under current law, if we incur indebtedness, such indebtedness will not be attributed to a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder. Therefore, a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder should not be treated as earning income from “debt-financed property” and dividends we pay should not be treated as “unrelated debt-financed income” solely as a result of indebtedness that we incur. Legislation has been introduced in Congress in the past, and may be introduced again in the future, which would change the treatment of “blocker” investment vehicles interposed between tax-exempt investors and non-qualifying investments if enacted. In the event that any such proposals were to be adopted and applied to BDCs, the treatment of dividends payable to tax-exempt investors could be adversely affected. In addition, special rules would apply if we were to invest in certain real estate mortgage investment conduits or taxable mortgage pools, which we do not currently plan to do, that could result in a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder recognizing income that would be treated as UBTI.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

The following discussion only applies to certain Non-U.S. Shareholders. Whether an investment in the shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. Shareholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares by a Non-U.S. Shareholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers before investing in our common stock.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. Shareholders (including interest income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized long-term capital losses, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. Shareholders directly) will be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless an applicable exception applies. No withholding is required with respect to certain distributions if (i) the distributions are properly reported as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends,” (ii) the distributions are derived from sources specified in the Code for such dividends and (iii) certain other requirements are satisfied. No assurance can be provided as to whether any of our distributions will be reported as eligible for this exemption. If the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Shareholder, we will not be required to withhold federal tax if the Non-U.S. Shareholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. (Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. Shareholder that is a foreign trust, and to a foreign partnership and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisers.)

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. Shareholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. Shareholder upon the sale of our common stock, will generally not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Shareholder.

Under our reinvestment of dividends policy, if a Non-U.S. Shareholder owns shares of our common stock registered in its own name, the Non-U.S. Shareholder will have all cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless the Non-U.S. Shareholder opts out of the reinvestment of dividends by delivering a written notice to our dividend paying agent prior to the record date of the next dividend or distribution. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” If the distribution is a distribution of our investment company taxable income, is not reported by us as a short-term capital gains dividend or interest-related dividend and it is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Shareholder (or, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Shareholder), the amount distributed (to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits) will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) and only the net after-tax amount will be reinvested in our common stock. The Non-U.S. Shareholder will have an adjusted basis in

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the additional common shares purchased through the reinvestment equal to the amount reinvested. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the Non-U.S. Shareholder’s account.

The tax consequences to Non-U.S. Shareholders entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty or that are individuals that are present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during a taxable year may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers with respect to the procedure for claiming the benefit of a lower treaty rate and the applicability of foreign taxes.

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. Shareholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the shareholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. Shareholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a refund claim even if the Non-U.S. Shareholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. Shareholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be advisable for a Non-U.S. Shareholder.

We must generally report to our Non-U.S. Shareholders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. Information reporting requirements may apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Shareholder’s conduct of a United States trade or business or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Shareholder resides or is established. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then applicable rate (currently 24%). Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions to a Non-U.S. Shareholder of our common stock, provided the Non-U.S. Shareholder furnishes to us the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but can be credited against a Non-U.S. Shareholder’s federal income tax, and may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied to the IRS.

Legislation commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” or “FATCA,” generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”) unless such FFIs either (i) enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners) or (ii) reside in a jurisdiction that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) with the United States to collect and share such information and are in compliance with the terms of such IGA and any related laws or regulations implementing such IGA. The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and certain transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to a foreign entity that is not a financial institution unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. Depending on the status of a Non-U.S. Shareholder and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their shares, Non-U.S. Shareholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Shareholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

Non-U.S. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SECURITIES

This prospectus contains a summary of our common stock, preferred stock, subscription rights, debt securities and warrants. These summaries are not meant to be a complete description of each security. However, this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement will describe the material terms and conditions for each security.

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

The following description is based on relevant portions of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) and on our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the MGCL and our charter and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

Capital Stock

Under the terms of our charter, our authorized stock consists solely of 500 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and no shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As permitted by the MGCL, our charter provides that a majority of the entire Board, without any action by our shareholders, may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue. Our charter also provides that the Board may classify or reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock into one or more classes or series of common stock or preferred stock by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, or limitations as to dividends, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption of the shares. There is currently no market for our stock, and we can offer no assurances that a market for our stock will develop in the future. Unless the Board determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our stock in uncertificated form.

None of our shares of common stock are subject to further calls or to assessments, sinking fund provisions, obligations or potential liabilities associated with ownership of the security (not including investment risks).

The following presents our outstanding classes of securities as of June 30, 2020:

Title of Class

Amount
Authorized

Amount Held by
Us or for Our
Account

Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of Amount
Held by Us or for
Our Account

Common Stock

500,000,000

—

384,686,586

Common Stock

Under the terms of the charter, all shares of our common stock have equal rights as to dividends, distributions and voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Dividends and distributions may be paid to our shareholders if, as and when authorized by the Board and declared out of funds legally available therefor. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and shareholders generally have no appraisal rights. Other than as described below, shares of our common stock are freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract and except that, in order to avoid the possibility that our assets could be treated as “plan assets,” we may require any person proposing to acquire shares of our common stock to furnish such information as may be necessary to determine whether such person is a Benefit Plan Investor or a controlling person, restrict or prohibit transfers of shares of such stock or redeem any outstanding shares of stock for such price and on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by or at the direction of the Board. Following the Listing Date, without the prior written consent of the Board:

•

for 180 days following the Listing Date, a shareholder is not permitted to transfer (whether by sale, gift, merger, by operation of law or otherwise), exchange, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber any shares of common stock held by such shareholder prior to the Listing Date;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

for 270 days following the Listing Date, a shareholder is not permitted to transfer (whether by sale, gift, merger, by operation of law or otherwise), exchange, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber two-thirds of the shares of common stock held by such shareholder prior to the Listing Date; and

•

for 365 days following the Listing Date, a shareholder is not permitted to transfer (whether by sale, gift, merger, by operation of law or otherwise), exchange, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber one-third of the shares of common stock held by such shareholder prior to the Listing Date.

This means that, as a result of these transfer restrictions, without the consent of the Board, a shareholder who owned 99 shares of common stock on the Listing Date could not sell any of such shares for 180 days following the Listing Date; 181 days following the Listing Date, such shareholder could only sell up to 33 of such shares; 271 days following the Listing Date, such shareholder could only sell up to 66 of such shares and 366 days following the Listing Date, such shareholder could sell all of such shares.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay or otherwise provide for all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Subject to the rights of holders of any other class or series of stock, each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including the election of directors, and the shareholders will possess the exclusive voting power. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting entitles a shareholder to as many votes as equals the number of votes which such holder would be entitled to cast for the election of directors multiplied by the number of directors to be elected and allows a shareholder to cast a portion or all of the shareholder’s votes for one or more candidates for seats on the Board. Without cumulative voting, a minority shareholder may not be able to elect as many directors as the shareholder would be able to elect if cumulative voting were permitted. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock to elect directors, each director will be elected by a majority of the votes cast with respect to such director’s election, except in the case of a “contested election” (as defined in our bylaws), in which directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the contested election of directors.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our charter, the Board may authorize us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series, without shareholder approval, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. The Board has the power to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of each class or series of preferred stock. We do not currently anticipate issuing preferred stock in the near future. In the event we issue preferred stock, we will make any required disclosure to shareholders. We will not offer preferred stock to the Adviser or our affiliates except on the same terms as offered to all other shareholders.

Preferred stock could be issued with terms that would adversely affect our shareholders. Preferred stock could also be used as an anti-takeover device through the issuance of shares of a class or series of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control. Every issuance of preferred stock will be required to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that: (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class voting separately to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if distributions on such preferred stock are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock (as determined in accordance with the 1940 Act) voting together as a separate class. For example, the vote of such holders of preferred stock would be required to approve a proposal involving a plan of reorganization adversely affecting such securities.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The issuance of any preferred stock must be approved by a majority of the independent directors not otherwise interested in the transaction, who will have access, at our expense, to our legal counsel or to independent legal counsel.

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision eliminating the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains a provision that eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability, subject to the limitations of Maryland law and the requirements of the 1940 Act.

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity against reasonable expenses actually incurred in the proceeding in which the director or officer was successful. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (1) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (2) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation also may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or on behalf of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

Our charter obligates us, subject to the limitations of Maryland law and the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify (1) any present or former director or officer; (2) any individual who, while a director or officer and at the Company’s request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee; or (3) the Adviser or any of its affiliates acting as an agent for the Company, from and against any claim or liability to which the person or entity may become subject or may incur by reason of such person’s service in that capacity, and to pay or reimburse such person’s reasonable expenses as incurred in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. These indemnification rights vest immediately upon an individual’s election as a director or officer. In accordance with the 1940 Act, the Company will not indemnify any person for any liability to the extent that such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his, her or its office.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and in accordance with the NASAA Omnibus Guidelines, at anytime following a continuous public offering through the independent broker-dealer network (a “Non-Listed Offering”), our charter prohibits us from holding harmless a director, the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser for any loss or liability suffered by the Company, or indemnifying such persons for any loss or liability by him, her or it, unless each of the following conditions are met: (1) the party seeking indemnification has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in the Company’s best interest; (2) the party seeking indemnification was acting or performing services on the Company’s behalf; (3) such liability or loss was not the result of (a) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the party seeking indemnification is the Adviser or any of its affiliates or an officer of the Company, or (b) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the party seeking indemnification is an independent director

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(and not also an officer of us, the Adviser or any of its affiliates); and (4) such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of our net assets and not from shareholders. Our charter provides that this provision does not apply to any dealer manager.

Our charter further provides that, following a Non-Listed Offering, we may not provide indemnification to a director, the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser for any loss, liability or expense arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws by such party unless one or more of the following conditions are met: (1) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged material securities law violations as to the party seeking indemnification; (2) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to such party; or (3) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against such party and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the SEC and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which our securities were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

Our charter provides that, following a Non-Listed Offering, we may pay or reimburse reasonable legal expenses and other costs incurred by a director, the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser in advance of final disposition of a proceeding only if all of the following are satisfied: (1) the proceeding relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on our behalf; (2) such party provides us with written affirmation of his, her or its good faith belief that he, she or it has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by us; (3) the legal proceeding was initiated by a third party who is not a shareholder or, if by a shareholder acting in his or her capacity as such, a court of competent jurisdiction approves such advancement; and (4) such party provides us with a written agreement to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by us, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, if it is ultimately determined that such party did not comply with the requisite standard of conduct and is not entitled to indemnification. Our charter provides that this provision does not apply to any dealer manager.

Maryland Law and Certain Charter and Bylaws Provisions; Anti-Takeover Measures

Maryland law contains, and our charter and bylaws also contain, provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board. These measures may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of shareholders. We believe, however, that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the Board’s ability to negotiate such proposals may improve their terms.

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, consolidate, convert into another form of business entity, sell all or substantially all of its assets or engage in a statutory share exchange unless declared advisable by the corporation’s board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. A Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser or greater percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Subject to certain exceptions discussed below, our charter provides for approval of these actions by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Subject to certain exceptions provided in our charter, the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon, with the holders of each class or series of our stock voting as a separate class, in addition to the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the members of the Board, will be necessary to effect any of the following actions:

•

any amendment to the charter to make our common stock a “redeemable security” or to convert us from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” (as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act);

•

any shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to our assets;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

following a Non-Listed Offering, any proposal as to the voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the Company or any amendment to the charter to terminate our existence;

•

following a Non-Listed Offering, any merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange of us with or into any other person; or

•

following a Non-Listed Offering, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of us, as further described in the charter, when such sale is to be made other than in the ordinary course of our business.

However, if the proposal, transaction or business combination is approved by at least 75% of our continuing directors, the proposal, transaction or business combination may be approved only by the Board and, if necessary, the shareholders as otherwise would be required by applicable law, the charter and bylaws and, following a Non-Listed Offering, the NASAA Omnibus Guidelines, without regard to the supermajority approval requirements discussed above. A “continuing director” is defined in the charter as a director who (i) is not an interested party (meaning a person who has or proposes to enter into a business combination with us or owns more than 5% of any class of our stock) or an affiliate or an associate of an interested party and who has been a member of the Board for a period of at least 24 months (or since we commenced operations, if that period is less than 24 months); or (ii) is a successor of a continuing director who is not an interested party or an affiliate or an associate of an interested party and is recommended to succeed a continuing director by a majority of the continuing directors then in office or is nominated for election by the shareholders by a majority of the continuing directors then in office; or (iii) is elected to the Board to be a continuing director by a majority of the continuing directors then in office and who is not an interested party or an affiliate or associate of an interested party.

Our charter also provides that the Board is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in size as practicable, with each class of directors serving for a staggered three-year term. Additionally, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, directors may be removed at any time, but only for cause (as such term is defined in the charter) and only by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors, voting as a single class. The charter and bylaws also provide that, except as provided otherwise by applicable law, including the 1940 Act and subject to any rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, any vacancy on the Board, except, until such time as we have three independent directors, for vacancies resulting from the removal of a director by the shareholders, and any newly created directorship resulting from an increase in the size of the Board, may only be filled by vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; provided that, under Maryland law, when the holders of any class, classes or series of stock have the exclusive power under the charter to elect certain directors, vacancies in directorships elected by such class, classes or series may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors so elected by such class, classes or series of our stock. In addition, the charter provides that, subject to any rights of holders of one or more classes or series of stock to elect or remove one or more directors, the total number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to resolutions adopted by the Board.

The classification of the Board and the limitations on removal of directors described above as well as the limitations on shareholders’ right to fill vacancies and newly created directorships and to fix the size of the Board could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring or attempting to acquire us.

Maryland law and our charter and bylaws also provide that:

•

any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting or by unanimous consent in lieu of a meeting;

•

special meetings of the shareholders may only be called by the Board, the chairman of the Board or the chief executive officer, and must be called by the secretary upon the written request of shareholders who are entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting; and

•

from and after the Initial Closing, any shareholder nomination or business proposal to be properly brought before a meeting of shareholders must have been made in compliance with certain advance notice and informational requirements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our charter also provides that any tender offer made by any person, including any “mini-tender” offer, must comply with the provisions of Regulation 14D of the 1934 Act, including the notice and disclosure requirements. Among other things, the offeror must provide us notice of such tender offer at least ten business days before initiating the tender offer. Our charter prohibits any shareholder from transferring shares of stock to a person who makes a tender offer which does not comply with such provisions unless such shareholder has first offered such shares of stock to us at the tender offer price in the non-compliant tender offer. In addition, the non-complying offeror will be responsible for all of our expenses in connection with that offeror’s noncompliance.

These provisions could delay or hinder shareholder actions which are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. These provisions may also discourage another person or entity from making a tender offer for the our common stock, because such person or entity, even if it acquired a majority of our outstanding voting securities, would be able to take action as a shareholder (such as electing new directors or approving a merger) only at a duly called shareholders meeting, and not by written consent. The provisions of our charter requiring that the directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least three-quarters of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors will also prevent shareholders from removing incumbent directors except for cause and upon a substantial affirmative vote. In addition, although the advance notice and information requirements in our bylaws do not give the Board any power to disapprove shareholder nominations for the election of directors or business proposals that are made in compliance with applicable advance notice procedures, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of shareholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our shareholders.

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot amend its charter unless the amendment is declared advisable by the corporation’s board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. A Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser or greater percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Subject to certain exceptions discussed below, our charter provides for approval of charter amendments by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. The Board, by vote of a majority of the members of the Board, has the exclusive power to adopt, alter, amend or repeal our bylaws. Our charter provides that any amendment to the following provisions of our charter, among others, will require, in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or our charter, the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least three-quarters of the votes entitled to be cast thereon, with the holders of each class or series of our stock voting as a separate class, in addition to the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the members of the Board, unless three-quarters of the continuing directors approve the amendment, in which case such amendment must be approved as would otherwise be required by applicable law, our charter and bylaws, and, following a Non-Listed Offering, the NASAA Omnibus Guidelines:

•

the provisions regarding the classification of the Board;

•

the provisions governing the removal of directors;

•

the provisions limiting shareholder action by written consent;

•

the provisions regarding the number of directors on the Board;

•

the provisions specifying the vote required to approve extraordinary actions and amend the charter and the Board’s exclusive power to amend our bylaws;

•

the limitations of directors’ and officers’ liability for money damages and the requirement that we indemnify its directors and officers as described above; and

•

the provisions imposing additional voting requirements on certain business combinations and other actions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Following a Non-Listed Offering, without the approval of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, we may not permit the Adviser to:

•

amend the charter, except for amendments that would not adversely affect the interests of shareholders;

•

except as permitted in the Investment Advisory Agreement, voluntarily withdraw as investment adviser, unless such withdrawal would not affect our tax status and would not materially adversely affect the shareholders;

•

appoint a new investment adviser other than a sub-adviser pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and applicable law;

•

sell all or substantially all of our assets other than in the ordinary course of our business or as otherwise permitted by law; and

•

cause a merger or any other reorganization of us except as permitted by law.

Our charter prohibits the Adviser from, following a Non-Listed Offering: (i) receiving or accepting any rebate, give-ups or similar arrangement that is prohibited under applicable federal or state securities laws, (ii) participating in any reciprocal business arrangement that would circumvent provisions of applicable federal or state securities laws governing conflicts of interest or investment restrictions, or (iii) entering into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that would circumvent the restrictions against dealing with affiliates or promoters under applicable federal or state securities laws. In addition, the Adviser may not directly or indirectly pay or award any fees or commissions or other compensation to any person or entity engaged to sell our stock or give investment advice to a potential shareholder; provided, however, that the Adviser may pay a registered broker-dealer or other properly licensed agent from sales commissions for selling or distributing our common stock.

Advance Notice Provisions for Shareholder Nominations and Shareholder Proposals

Our bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders, nominations of individuals for election as directors and the proposal of business to be considered by shareholders may be made only (a) pursuant to the notice of the meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board or (c) by a shareholder who is a shareholder of record both at the time of giving the advance notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of our bylaws. With respect to special meetings of shareholders, only the business specified in the notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election as directors at a special meeting at which directors are to be elected may be made only (a) by or at the direction of the Board or (b) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a shareholder who is a shareholder of record both at the time of giving the advance notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of our bylaws.

The purpose of requiring shareholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford the Board a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the Board, to inform shareholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of shareholders. Although our bylaws do not give the Board any power to disapprove shareholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, the advance notice and information requirements may have the effect of precluding election contests or the consideration of shareholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our shareholders.

No Appraisal Rights

For certain extraordinary transactions and charter amendments, the MGCL provides the right to dissenting shareholders to demand and receive the fair value of their shares, subject to certain procedures

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and requirements set forth in the statute. Those rights are commonly referred to as appraisal rights. As permitted by the MGCL, our charter provides that shareholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights unless the Board determines that appraisal rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which shareholders would otherwise be entitled to exercise appraisal rights.

Control Share Acquisitions

Certain provisions of the MGCL provide that a holder of control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition has no voting rights with respect to the control shares except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, which is referred to as the Control Share Acquisition Act. Shares owned by the acquiror, by officers or by employees who are directors of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

•

one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

•

one-third or more but less than a majority; or

•

a majority or more of all voting power.

The requisite shareholder approval must be obtained each time an acquirer crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained shareholder approval or shares acquired directly from the corporation. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any shareholders meeting.

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or if a meeting of shareholders is held at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved, as of the date of such meeting. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a shareholder meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other shareholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

The Control Share Acquisition Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Acquisition Act any and all acquisitions by any person of shares of stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at time in the future. The SEC staff previously took the position that, if a BDC failed to opt-out of the Control Share Acquisition act, its actions would be inconsistent with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act. However, the SEC recently withdrew its previous position, and stated that is would not recommend enforcement action against a closed-end fund, including a BDC, that that opts in to being subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act if the closed-end fund acts with reasonable care on a basis consistent with other applicable duties and laws and the duty to the company and its shareholders generally. As such, we may amend our bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Acquisition

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Act, but will do so only if the Board determines that it would be in our best interests and if such amendment can be accomplished in compliance with applicable laws, regulations and SEC guidance.

Business Combinations

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested shareholder or an affiliate of an interested shareholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested shareholder is defined as:

•

any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s stock; or

•

an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested shareholder under this statute if the corporation’s board of directors approves in advance the transaction by which he or she otherwise would have become an interested shareholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the five-year prohibition, any such business combination generally must be recommended by the corporation’s board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

•

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

•

two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested shareholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if holders of the corporation’s common stock receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for its shares. The statute provides various exemptions from its provisions, including for business combinations that are exempted by the corporation’s board of directors before the time that the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. The Board has adopted a resolution exempting from the requirements of the statute any business combination between us and any other person, provided that such business combination is first approved by the Board (including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of the 1940 Act). This resolution, however, may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time. If this resolution is repealed, or the Board does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

Restrictions on Roll-Up Transactions

Following a Non-Listed Offering, in connection with a proposed “roll-up transaction,” which, in general terms, is any transaction involving the acquisition, merger, conversion or consolidation, directly or indirectly, of us and the issuance of securities of an entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, we will obtain an appraisal of all of its properties from an independent expert. In order to qualify as an independent expert for this purpose, the person or entity must have no material current or prior business or personal relationship with us and must be engaged to a substantial extent in the business of rendering opinions regarding the value of assets of the type held by us. Following a Non-Listed Offering, our assets will be appraised on a consistent basis, and the appraisal will be based on the evaluation of all relevant information and will indicate the value of our assets as of a date immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed roll-up transaction. The appraisal will assume an orderly liquidation of our assets over a 12-month period. The terms of the engagement of such independent expert will clearly state that the engagement is for our benefit and the benefit of our shareholders. We will include a summary of the appraisal, indicating all material assumptions underlying the appraisal, in a

TABLE OF CONTENTS

report to the shareholders in connection with the proposed roll-up transaction. If the appraisal will be included in a prospectus used to offer the securities of the roll-up entity, the appraisal will be filed with the SEC and the states as an exhibit to the registration statement for the offering.

Following a Non-Listed Offering, in connection with a proposed roll-up transaction, the person sponsoring the roll-up transaction must offer to the shareholders who vote against the proposal a choice of:

•

accepting the securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction offered in the proposed roll-up transaction; or

•

one of the following:

•

remaining as shareholders and preserving their interests in us on the same terms and conditions as existed previously; or

•

receiving cash in an amount equal to their pro rata share of the appraised value of our net assets.

Following a Non-Listed Offering, we are prohibited from participating in any proposed roll-up transaction:

•

which would result in shareholders having voting rights in the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction that are less than those provided in our charter including rights with respect to the election and removal of directors, annual and special meetings, amendments to our charter and our dissolution;

•

which includes provisions that would operate as a material impediment to, or frustration of, the accumulation of shares of our common stock by any purchaser of the securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, except to the minimum extent necessary to preserve the tax status of such entity, or which would limit the ability of an investor to exercise the voting rights of its securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction on the basis of the number of shares held by that investor;

•

in which shareholders’ rights to access to records of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction will be less than those provided in our charter; or

•

in which we would bear any of the costs of the roll-up transaction if the shareholders reject the roll-up transaction.

Conflict with the 1940 Act

Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the MGCL, including the Control Share Acquisition Act (if we amend our bylaws to be subject to such Act) and the Business Combination Act or any provision of our charter or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK

In addition to shares of common stock, our Charter authorizes the issuance of preferred stock. If we offer preferred stock under this prospectus, we will issue an appropriate prospectus supplement. We may issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more classes or series, without shareholder approval. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, our Board is required by Maryland law and by our Charter to set, subject to the express terms of any of our then outstanding classes or series of stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Any such issuance must adhere to the requirements of the 1940 Act, Maryland law and any other limitations imposed by law.

The 1940 Act limits our flexibility as to certain rights and preferences of the preferred stock under our certificate of incorporation. In particular, every share of stock issued by a BDC must be voting stock and have equal voting rights with every other outstanding class of voting stock, except to the extent that the stock satisfies the requirements for being treated as a senior security, which requires, among other things, that:

•

immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to common stock, we must meet a coverage ratio of total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness) to total indebtedness plus preferred stock, of at least 200%; and

•

the holders of shares of preferred stock must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if and for so long as dividends on the preferred stock are unpaid in an amount equal to two full years of dividends on the preferred stock.

The features of the preferred stock are further limited by the requirements applicable to RICs under the Code.

For any class or series of preferred stock that we may issue, our Board will determine and the articles supplementary and the prospectus supplement relating to such class or series will describe:

•

the designation and number of shares of such class or series;

•

the rate and time at which, and the preferences and conditions under which, any dividends will be paid on shares of such class or series, as well as whether such dividends are participating or non-participating;

•

any provisions relating to convertibility or exchangeability of the shares of such class or series, including adjustments to the conversion price of such class or series;

•

the rights and preferences, if any, of holders of shares of such class or series upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs;

•

the voting powers, if any, of the holders of shares of such class or series;

•

any provisions relating to the redemption of the shares of such class or series;

•

any limitations on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions on, or acquire or redeem, other securities while shares of such class or series are outstanding;

•

any conditions or restrictions on our ability to issue additional shares of such class or series or other securities;

•

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

•

any other relative powers, preferences and participating, optional or special rights of shares of such class or series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

All shares of preferred stock that we may issue will be identical and of equal rank except as to the particular terms thereof that may be fixed by our Board, and all shares of each class or series of preferred stock will be identical and of equal rank except as to the dates from which dividends, if any, thereon will be cumulative.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

We may issue subscription rights to our shareholders to purchase common stock. Subscription rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the subscription rights. In connection with a subscription rights offering to our shareholders, we would distribute certificates evidencing the subscription rights and a prospectus supplement to our shareholders on the record date that we set for receiving subscription rights in such subscription rights offering.

The applicable prospectus supplement would describe the following terms of subscription rights in respect of which this prospectus is being delivered:

•

the period of time the offering would remain open (which shall be open a minimum number of days such that all record holders would be eligible to participate in the offering and shall not be open longer than 120 days);

•

the title of such subscription rights;

•

the exercise price for such subscription rights (or method of calculation thereof);

•

the ratio of the offering (which, in the case of transferable rights, will require a minimum of three shares to be held of record before a person is entitled to purchase an additional share);

•

the number of such subscription rights issued to each shareholder;

•

the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable and the market on which they may be traded if they are transferable;

•

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such subscription rights;

•

the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights shall commence, and the date on which such right shall expire (subject to any extension);

•

the extent to which such subscription rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities and the terms of such over-subscription privilege;

•

any termination right we may have in connection with such subscription rights offering; and

•

any other terms of such subscription rights, including exercise, settlement and other procedures and limitations relating to the transfer and exercise of such subscription rights.

Exercise of Subscription Rights

Each subscription right would entitle the holder of the subscription right to purchase for cash such amount of shares of common stock at such exercise price as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Subscription rights may be exercised at any time up to the close of business on the expiration date for such subscription rights set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription rights would become void.

Subscription rights may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Upon receipt of payment and the subscription rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement we will forward, as soon as practicable, the shares of common stock purchasable upon such exercise. To the extent permissible under applicable law, we may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than shareholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Dilutive Effects

Any shareholder who chooses not to participate in a rights offering should expect to own a smaller interest in us upon completion of such rights offering. Any rights offering will dilute the ownership interest

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR WARRANTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the warrants we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any warrants we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such warrants.

We may issue warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. Such warrants may be issued independently or together with common stock, preferred stock or debt securities and may be attached or separate from such securities. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency for or with holders or beneficial owners of warrants.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any series of warrants we may issue, including the following:

•

the title of such warrants;

•

the aggregate number of such warrants;

•

the price or prices at which such warrants will be issued;

•

the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such warrants may be payable;

•

if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the warrants are issued and the number of warrants issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;

•

in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the principal amount of debt securities purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which this principal amount of debt securities may be purchased upon such exercise;

•

in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which these shares may be purchased upon such exercise;

•

the date on which the right to exercise such warrants shall commence and the date on which such right will expire;

•

whether such warrants will be issued in registered form or bearer form;

•

if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of such warrants which may be exercised at any one time;

•

if applicable, the date on and after which such warrants and the related securities will be separately transferable;

•

information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;

•

the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the warrants;

•

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

•

any other terms of such warrants, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of such warrants.

We and the warrant agent may amend or supplement the warrant agreement for a series of warrants without the consent of the holders of the warrants issued thereunder to effect changes that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the warrants and that do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the warrants.

Prior to exercising their warrants, holders of warrants will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise, including, in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

right to receive principal, premium, if any, or interest payments, on the debt securities purchasable upon exercise or to enforce covenants in the applicable indenture or, in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the right to receive dividends, if any, or payments upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up or to exercise any voting rights.

Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants provided that (1) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years; (2) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance; (3) our shareholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and our Board approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of us and our shareholders; and (4) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, as well as options and rights, at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities. In particular, the amount of capital stock that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or rights to purchase capital stock cannot exceed 25% of the BDC’s total outstanding shares of capital stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES

We may issue debt securities in one or more series. The specific terms of each series of debt securities will be described in the particular prospectus supplement relating to that series. The prospectus supplement may or may not modify the general terms found in this prospectus and will be filed with the SEC. For a complete description of the terms of a particular series of debt securities, you should read both this prospectus and the prospectus supplement relating to that particular series.

As required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered, the debt securities are governed by a document called an “indenture.” An indenture is a contract between us and a financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf, and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, described in the second paragraph under “— Events of Default — Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs.” Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us.

Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the debt securities and the indenture. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of debt securities. For example, in this section, we use capitalized words to signify terms that are specifically defined in the indenture. Some of the definitions are repeated in this prospectus, but for the rest you will need to read the indenture. We have filed the indenture with the SEC. We will file a supplemental indenture with the SEC in connection with any debt offering, at which time the supplemental indenture would be publicly available. See “Available Information” for information on how to obtain a copy of the applicable indenture.

The prospectus supplement, which will accompany this prospectus, will describe the particular series of debt securities being offered, including, among other things:

•

the designation or title of the series of debt securities;

•

the total principal amount of the series of debt securities;

•

the percentage of the principal amount at which the series of debt securities will be offered;

•

the date or dates on which principal will be payable;

•

the rate or rates (which may be either fixed or variable) and/or the method of determining such rate or rates of interest, if any;

•

the date or dates from which any interest will accrue, or the method of determining such date or dates, and the date or dates on which any interest will be payable;

•

whether any interest may be paid by issuing additional securities of the same series in lieu of cash (and the terms upon which any such interest may be paid by issuing additional securities);

•

the terms for redemption, extension or early repayment, if any;

•

the currencies in which the series of debt securities are issued and payable;

•

whether the amount of payments of principal, premium or interest, if any, on a series of debt securities will be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which could be based on one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices) and how these amounts will be determined;

•

the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, of payment, transfer, conversion and/or exchange of the debt securities;

•

the denominations in which the offered debt securities will be issued (if other than $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof);

•

the provision for any sinking fund;

•

any restrictive covenants;

•

any Events of Default;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

whether the series of debt securities is issuable in certificated form;

•

any provisions for defeasance or covenant defeasance;

•

any special federal income tax implications, including, if applicable, U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to original issue discount;

•

whether and under what circumstances we will pay additional amounts in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether we will have the option to redeem the debt securities rather than pay the additional amounts (and the terms of this option);

•

any provisions for convertibility or exchangeability of the debt securities into or for any other securities;

•

whether the debt securities are subject to subordination and the terms of such subordination;

•

whether the debt securities are secured and the terms of any security interest;

•

the listing, if any, on a securities exchange; and

•

any other terms.

The debt securities may be secured or unsecured obligations. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, will be paid by us in immediately available funds.

Generally, pursuant to the 1940 Act, a BDC’s total borrowings are limited so that it cannot incur additional borrowings if immediately after such borrowing, the ratio of its total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness represented by senior securities) to its total indebtedness represented by senior securities plus preferred stock, if any, is at least 200%; however, legislation enacted in March 2018 has modified the 1940 Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. The reduced asset coverage requirement would permit a BDC to double the amount of leverage it could incur. This means that generally, a BDC can borrow up to $1 for every $1 of investor equity or, if certain requirements are met and it reduces its asset coverage ratio, it can borrow up to $2 for every $1 of investor equity. A BDC is permitted to increase its leverage capacity if shareholders representing at least a majority of the votes cast, when quorum is met, approve a proposal to do so. If the BDC receives such shareholder approval, it would be permitted to increase our leverage capacity on the first day after such approval. Alternatively, a BDC may increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur to an asset coverage ratio of 150% if the “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of the independent members of the BDC’s board of directors approve such increase with such approval becoming effective after one year. In either case, the BDC would be required to make certain disclosures on our website and in SEC filings regarding, among other things, the receipt of approval to increase its leverage, its leverage capacity and usage, and risks related to leverage. See Part I, Item 1 “BUSINESS — Regulation as a Business Development Company” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

On March 31, 2020, our Board, including the required majority (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) thereof, approved the application of the minimum asset coverage ratio of 150% to us, with such reduced asset coverage to become effective on March 31, 2021. However, on June 8, 2020, shareholders representing the majority of votes cast approved a proposal to allow us to reduce our minimum asset coverage requirement to 150% effective June 9, 2020. See “Prospectus Summary — Recent Developments” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — Legislation enacted in March 2018 may allow us to incur additional leverage” in this prospectus.

General

The indenture provides that any debt securities proposed to be sold under this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement (“offered debt securities”) and any debt securities issuable upon the exercise of warrants or upon conversion or exchange of other offered securities (“underlying debt securities”), may be issued under the indenture in one or more series.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to the payment of principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on, debt securities will include additional amounts if required by the terms of the debt securities.

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt securities that may be issued thereunder from time to time. The indenture also provides that there may be more than one trustee thereunder, each with respect to one or more different series of indenture securities. See “— Resignation of Trustee” below. At a time when two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, each with respect to only certain series, the term “indenture securities” means the one or more series of debt securities with respect to which each respective trustee is acting. In the event that there is more than one trustee under the indenture, the powers and trust obligations of each trustee described in this prospectus will extend only to the one or more series of indenture securities for which it is trustee. If two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, then the indenture securities for which each trustee is acting would be treated as if issued under separate indentures.

Except as described under “— Events of Default” and “— Merger or Consolidation” below, the indenture does not contain any provisions that give you protection in the event we issue a large amount of debt or we are acquired by another entity.

We refer you to the prospectus supplement for information with respect to any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or our covenants that are described below, including any addition of a covenant or other provision providing event risk or similar protection.

We have the ability to issue indenture securities with terms different from those of indenture securities previously issued and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen a previous issue of a series of indenture securities and issue additional indenture securities of that series unless the reopening was restricted when that series was created.

Conversion and Exchange

If any debt securities are convertible into or exchangeable for other securities, the prospectus supplement will explain the terms and conditions of the conversion or exchange, including the conversion price or exchange ratio (or the calculation method), the conversion or exchange period (or how the period will be determined), if conversion or exchange will be mandatory or at the option of the holder or us, provisions for adjusting the conversion price or the exchange ratio and provisions affecting conversion or exchange in the event of the redemption of the underlying debt securities. These terms may also include provisions under which the number or amount of other securities to be received by the holders of the debt securities upon conversion or exchange would be calculated according to the market price of the other securities as of a time stated in the prospectus supplement.

Issuance of Securities in Registered Form

We may issue the debt securities in registered form, in which case we may issue them either in book-entry form only or in “certificated” form. Debt securities issued in book-entry form will be represented by global securities. We expect that we will usually issue debt securities in book-entry only form represented by global securities.

Book-Entry Holders

We will issue registered debt securities in book-entry form only, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement. This means debt securities will be represented by one or more global securities registered in the name of a depositary that will hold them on behalf of financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system. These participating institutions, in turn, hold beneficial interests in the debt securities held by the depositary or its nominee. These institutions may hold these interests on behalf of themselves or customers.

Under the indenture, only the person in whose name a debt security is registered is recognized as the holder of that debt security. Consequently, for debt securities issued in book-entry form, we will recognize only the depositary as the holder of the debt securities and we will make all payments on the debt securities to the depositary. The depositary will then pass along the payments it receives to its participants, which in turn will pass the payments along to their customers who are the beneficial owners. The depositary and its

TABLE OF CONTENTS

participants do so under agreements they have made with one another or with their customers; they are not obligated to do so under the terms of the debt securities.

As a result, investors will not own debt securities directly. Instead, they will own beneficial interests in a global security, through a bank, broker or other financial institution that participates in the depositary’s book-entry system or holds an interest through a participant. As long as the debt securities are represented by one or more global securities, investors will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

Street Name Holders

In the future, we may issue debt securities in certificated form or terminate a global security. In these cases, investors may choose to hold their debt securities in their own names or in “street name.” Debt securities held in street name are registered in the name of a bank, broker or other financial institution chosen by the investor, and the investor would hold a beneficial interest in those debt securities through the account he or she maintains at that institution.

For debt securities held in street name, we will recognize only the intermediary banks, brokers and other financial institutions in whose names the debt securities are registered as the holders of those debt securities and we will make all payments on those debt securities to them. These institutions will pass along the payments they receive to their customers who are the beneficial owners, but only because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or because they are legally required to do so. Investors who hold debt securities in street name will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

Legal Holders

Our obligations, as well as the obligations of the applicable trustee and those of any third parties employed by us or the applicable trustee, run only to the legal holders of the debt securities. We do not have obligations to investors who hold beneficial interests in global securities, in street name or by any other indirect means. This will be the case whether an investor chooses to be an indirect holder of a debt security or has no choice because we are issuing the debt securities only in book-entry form.

For example, once we make a payment or give a notice to the holder, we have no further responsibility for the payment or notice even if that holder is required, under agreements with depositary participants or customers or by law, to pass it along to the indirect holders but does not do so. Similarly, if we want to obtain the approval of the holders for any purpose (for example, to amend an indenture or to relieve us of the consequences of a default or of our obligation to comply with a particular provision of an indenture), we would seek the approval only from the holders, and not the indirect holders, of the debt securities. Whether and how the holders contact the indirect holders is up to the holders.

When we refer to you, we mean those who invest in the debt securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are the holders or only indirect holders of those debt securities. When we refer to your debt securities, we mean the debt securities in which you hold a direct or indirect interest.

Special Considerations for Indirect Holders

If you hold debt securities through a bank, broker or other financial institution, either in book-entry form or in street name, we urge you to check with that institution to find out:

•

how it handles securities payments and notices,

•

whether it imposes fees or charges,

•

how it would handle a request for the holders’ consent, if ever required,

•

whether and how you can instruct it to send you debt securities registered in your own name so you can be a holder, if that is permitted in the future for a particular series of debt securities,

•

how it would exercise rights under the debt securities if there were a default or other event triggering the need for holders to act to protect their interests, and

•

if the debt securities are in book-entry form, how the depositary’s rules and procedures will affect these matters.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Global Securities

As noted above, we usually will issue debt securities as registered securities in book-entry form only. A global security represents one or any other number of individual debt securities. Generally, all debt securities represented by the same global securities will have the same terms.

Each debt security issued in book-entry form will be represented by a global security that we deposit with and register in the name of a financial institution or its nominee that we select. The financial institution that we select for this purpose is called the depositary. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, known as DTC, will be the depositary for all debt securities issued in book-entry form.

A global security may not be transferred to or registered in the name of anyone other than the depositary or its nominee, unless special termination situations arise. We describe those situations below under “Special Situations when a Global Security Will Be Terminated”. As a result of these arrangements, the depositary, or its nominee, will be the sole registered owner and holder of all debt securities represented by a global security, and investors will be permitted to own only beneficial interests in a global security. Beneficial interests must be held by means of an account with a broker, bank or other financial institution that in turn has an account with the depositary or with another institution that has an account with the depositary. Thus, an investor whose security is represented by a global security will not be a holder of the debt security, but only an indirect holder of a beneficial interest in the global security.

Special Considerations for Global Securities

As an indirect holder, an investor’s rights relating to a global security will be governed by the account rules of the investor’s financial institution and of the depositary, as well as general laws relating to securities transfers. The depositary that holds the global security will be considered the holder of the debt securities represented by the global security.

If debt securities are issued only in the form of a global security, an investor should be aware of the following:

•

An investor cannot cause the debt securities to be registered in his or her name, and cannot obtain certificates for his or her interest in the debt securities, except in the special situations we describe below.

•

An investor will be an indirect holder and must look to his or her own bank or broker for payments on the debt securities and protection of his or her legal rights relating to the debt securities, as we describe under “Issuance of Securities in Registered Form” above.

•

An investor may not be able to sell interests in the debt securities to some insurance companies and other institutions that are required by law to own their securities in non-book-entry form.

•

An investor may not be able to pledge his or her interest in a global security in circumstances where certificates representing the debt securities must be delivered to the lender or other beneficiary of the pledge in order for the pledge to be effective.

•

The depositary’s policies, which may change from time to time, will govern payments, transfers, exchanges and other matters relating to an investor’s interest in a global security. We and the trustee have no responsibility for any aspect of the depositary’s actions or for its records of ownership interests in a global security. We and the trustee also do not supervise the depositary in any way.

•

If we redeem less than all the debt securities of a particular series being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount to be redeemed from each of its participants holding that series.

•

An investor is required to give notice of exercise of any option to elect repayment of its debt securities, through its participant, to the applicable trustee and to deliver the related debt securities by causing its participant to transfer its interest in those debt securities, on DTC’s records, to the applicable trustee.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

DTC requires that those who purchase and sell interests in a global security deposited in its book-entry system use immediately available funds. Your broker or bank may also require you to use immediately available funds when purchasing or selling interests in a global security.

•

Financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system, and through which an investor holds its interest in a global security, may also have their own policies affecting payments, notices and other matters relating to the debt securities. There may be more than one financial intermediary in the chain of ownership for an investor. We do not monitor and are not responsible for the actions of any of those intermediaries.

Termination of a Global Security

If a global security is terminated, interests in it will be exchanged for certificates in non-book-entry form (certificated securities). After that exchange, the choice of whether to hold the certificated debt securities directly or in street name will be up to the investor. Investors must consult their own banks or brokers to find out how to have their interests in a global security transferred on termination to their own names, so that they will be holders. We have described the rights of legal holders and street name investors under “Issuance of Securities in Registered Form” above.

The prospectus supplement may list situations for terminating a global security that would apply only to the particular series of debt securities covered by the prospectus supplement. If a global security is terminated, only the depositary, and not we or the applicable trustee, is responsible for deciding the names of the institutions in whose names the debt securities represented by the global security will be registered and, therefore, who will be the holders of those debt securities.

Payment and Paying Agents

We will pay interest to the person listed in the applicable trustee’s records as the owner of the debt security at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer owns the debt security on the interest due date. That day, usually about two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the “record date.” Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the record date, holders buying and selling debt securities must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the debt securities to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest.”

Payments on Global Securities

We will make payments on a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants.

Payments on Certificated Securities

We will make payments on a certificated debt security as follows. We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date to the holder of debt securities as shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date at our office in New York, NY and/or at other offices that may be specified in the prospectus supplement. We will make all payments of principal and premium, if any, by check at the office of the applicable trustee in New York, NY and/or at other offices that may be specified in the prospectus supplement or in a notice to holders against surrender of the debt security.

Alternatively, at our option, we may pay any interest that becomes due on the debt security by mailing a check to the holder at his or her address shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date or by transfer to an account at a bank in the United States, in either case, on the due date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Payment When Offices Are Closed

Except as otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, if any payment is due on a debt security on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments made on the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indenture as if they were made on the original due date, except as otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement. Such payment will not result in a default under any debt security or the indenture, and no interest will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on their debt securities.

Events of Default

You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of the debt securities of your series and is not cured, as described later in this subsection.

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the debt securities of your series means any of the following (unless the prospectus supplement relating to such debt securities states otherwise):

(1)

we default in the payment of any interest upon a debt securities of the series when due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days;

(2)

we default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) a debt security of the series when it becomes due and payable at its maturity, including upon any redemption date or required repurchase date, and the default continues for a period of five days;

(3)

we fail for 60 consecutive days after written notice from the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the debt securities of the series then outstanding to us and the trustee, as applicable, has been received to comply with any of our other agreements with respect to debt securities of the series;

(4)

pursuant to Section 18(a)(1)(C)(ii) and Section 61 of the 1940 Act, or any successor provisions, on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months, any class of securities shall have an asset coverage (as such term is used in the 1940 Act) of less than 100%, giving effect to any amendments to such provisions of the 1940 Act or to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC;

(5)

we file for bankruptcy or certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization involving us occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days;

(6)

we do not deposit any sinking fund payment in respect of debt securities of the series on its due date, and do not cure this default within five days; and

(7)

any other Event of Default in respect of debt securities of the series described in the applicable prospectus supplement occurs.

An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any default, except in the payment of principal, premium or interest, if it in good faith considers the withholding of notice to be in the interests of the holders.

Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and has not been cured, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the affected series may declare the entire principal amount of all the debt securities of that series to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. A declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the affected series if (1) we have

TABLE OF CONTENTS

deposited with the trustee all amounts due and owing with respect to the securities (other than principal that has become due solely by reason of such acceleration) and certain other amounts, and (2) any other Events of Default have been cured or waived.

Except in cases of default, where the trustee has some special duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from expenses and liability (called an “indemnity”). If indemnity satisfactory to the trustee is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the relevant series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

Before you are allowed to bypass your trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities, the following must occur:

•

You must give your trustee written notice that an Event of Default with respect to the relevant series of debt securities has occurred and remains uncured.

•

The holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all outstanding debt securities of the relevant series must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer to the trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the cost, expenses, and other liabilities of taking that action.

•

The trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of security or indemnity.

•

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of that series must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice during that 60-day period.

However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on your debt securities on or after the due date.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may waive any past defaults other than a default

•

in the payment of principal, any premium, or interest or

•

in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and how to declare or cancel an acceleration of maturity.

Each year, we will furnish to each trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the debt securities or else specifying any default.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

Unless the prospectus supplement relating to certain debt securities states otherwise, the indenture will provide that we will not merge or consolidate with or into any other person (other than a merger of a wholly-owned subsidiary into us), or sell, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all our property (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a pledge of assets pursuant to any secured debt instrument of the Company or its subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be any such sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition; and provided further that this covenant shall not apply to any sale, transfer, lease, conveyance, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s property to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) in any one transaction or series of related transactions unless:

•

we are the surviving person (the “Surviving Person”) or the Surviving Person (if other than us) formed by such merger or consolidation or to which such sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or

TABLE OF CONTENTS

disposition is made shall be a corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof;

•

immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions, no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

•

we shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the trustee, an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, in respect thereto, comply with this covenant, that all conditions precedent in the indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the debt securities issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Your Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to your debt securities without your specific approval. The following is a list of those types of changes:

•

change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on the debt securities;

•

reduce any amounts due on the debt securities;

•

reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a security following a default;

•

adversely affect any right of repayment at the holder’s option;

•

change the place (except as otherwise described in the prospectus or prospectus supplement) or currency of payment on a debt security;

•

impair your right to sue for payment;

•

adversely affect any right to convert or exchange a debt security in accordance with its terms;

•

modify the subordination provisions in the indenture in a manner that is adverse to outstanding holders of the debt securities;

•

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture;

•

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

change any obligation we have to pay additional amounts.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the debt securities. This type is limited to clarifications, establishment of the form or terms of new securities of any series as permitted by the indenture, and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the outstanding debt securities in any material respect, including adding additional covenants or events of default. We also do not need any approval to make any change that affects only debt securities to be issued under the indenture after the change takes effect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the debt securities would require the following approval:

•

If the change affects only one series of debt securities, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of that series.

•

If the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

Further Details Concerning Voting

When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much principal to attribute to a debt security:

•

For original issue discount securities, we will use the principal amount that would be due and payable on the voting date if the maturity of these debt securities were accelerated to that date because of a default.

•

For debt securities whose principal amount is not known (for example, because it is based on an index), we will use a special rule for that debt security described in the prospectus supplement.

•

For debt securities denominated in one or more foreign currencies, we will use the U.S. dollar equivalent.

•

Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption. Debt securities will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “— Defeasance — Full Defeasance.”

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indenture or the debt securities or request a waiver.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Satisfaction and Discharge

We may satisfy and discharge our obligations under the indenture by delivering to the securities registrar for cancellation all debt securities of the series then outstanding or by depositing with the trustee, in trust, funds in U.S. dollars in an amount sufficient to pay all of the debt securities of the series then outstanding after such debt securities have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year (or scheduled for redemption within one year). Such discharge is subject to terms contained in the indenture.

Defeasance

The following provisions will be applicable to each series of debt securities unless we state in the applicable prospectus supplement that the provisions of covenant defeasance and full defeasance will not be applicable to that series.

Covenant Defeasance

If certain conditions are satisfied, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the particular series was issued. This is called “covenant defeasance.” In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay your debt securities. If applicable, you also would be released from the subordination provisions described under “— Indenture Provisions — Subordination” below. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, we must do the following:

•

If the debt securities of a particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the debt securities of a particular series a combination of money and United States government or United States government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities of the particular series on their various due dates.

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance or to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and repaid the debt securities at maturity.

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with.

•

Covenant defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or result in a default under, the indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments.

•

No default or Event of Default with respect to such debt securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or events of default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.

•

Satisfy the conditions for covenant defeasance contained in any supplemental indentures.

If we accomplished covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the debt securities if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. For example, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the debt securities became immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

Legal Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. federal tax law or we obtain an IRS ruling, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the debt securities of a particular series (called “defeasance” or “legal defeasance”) if we put in place the following other arrangements for you to be repaid:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current U.S. federal tax law or an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing you to recognize income, gain, or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance or to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and repaid the debt securities at maturity. Under current U.S. federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release from the debt securities would be treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your debt securities and you would recognize gain or loss on the debt securities at the time of the deposit.

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with.

•

Defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or result in a default under, the indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments.

•

Satisfy the conditions for covenant defeasance contained in any supplemental indentures.

If we ever accomplished legal defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of your debt securities. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent. If applicable, you would also be released from the subordination provisions described later under “Indenture Provisions — Subordination”.

Form, Exchange and Transfer of Certificated Registered Securities

If registered debt securities cease to be issued in book-entry form, they will be issued:

•

only in fully registered certificated form,

•

without interest coupons, and

•

unless we indicate otherwise in the prospectus supplement, in denominations of $1,000 and amounts that are multiples of $1,000.

Holders may exchange their certificated securities, if any, for debt securities of smaller denominations or combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed and as long as the denomination is greater than the minimum denomination for such securities.

Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities, if any, at the office of their trustee. We have appointed the trustee to act as our agent for registering debt securities in the names of holders transferring debt securities. We may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.

Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their certificated securities, if any, but they may be required to pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal ownership.

If we have designated additional transfer agents for your debt security, they will be named in your prospectus supplement. We may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If any certificated securities of a particular series are redeemable and we redeem less than all the debt securities of that series, we may block the transfer or exchange of those debt securities during the period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any certificated securities selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any debt security that will be partially redeemed.

If a registered debt security is issued in book-entry form, only the depositary will be entitled to transfer and exchange the debt security as described in this subsection, since it will be the sole holder of the debt security.

Resignation of Trustee

Each trustee may resign or be removed with respect to one or more series of indenture securities provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to these series and has accepted such appointment. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Indenture Provisions — Subordination

Upon any distribution of our assets upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities is to be subordinated to the extent provided in the indenture in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness (as defined below), but our obligation to you to make payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such subordinated debt securities will not otherwise be affected. In addition, no payment on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking fund or interest, if any, may be made on such subordinated debt securities at any time unless full payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal (and premium, if any), sinking fund and interest on Senior Indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment by us is received by the trustee in respect of subordinated debt securities or by the holders of any of such subordinated debt securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, the payment or distribution must be paid over to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness or on their behalf for application to the payment of all the Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness. Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness upon this distribution by us, the holders of such subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to the extent of payments made to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness out of the distributive share of such subordinated debt securities.

By reason of this subordination, in the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, certain of our senior creditors may recover more, ratably, than holders of any subordinated debt securities. The indenture provides that these subordination provisions will not apply to money and securities held in trust under the defeasance provisions of the indenture.

“Senior Indebtedness” is defined in the indenture as the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on:

•

our indebtedness (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by us), whenever created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed (other than indenture securities issued under the indenture and denominated as subordinated debt securities), unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or under which the same is outstanding it is provided that this indebtedness is not senior or prior in right of payment to the subordinated debt securities, and

•

renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any of this indebtedness.

If this prospectus is being delivered in connection with the offering of a series of indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities, the accompanying prospectus supplement will set forth the approximate amount of our Senior Indebtedness outstanding as of a recent date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Secured Indebtedness and Ranking

We may issue two types of unsecured indebtedness obligations: senior and subordinated. Senior unsecured indebtedness obligations refer to those that rank senior in right of payment to all of our future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to such indebtedness. Subordinated unsecured indebtedness obligations refer to those that are expressly subordinated in right of payment to other unsecured obligations.

Certain of our indebtedness, including certain series of indenture securities, may be secured. The prospectus supplement for each series of indenture securities will describe the terms of any security interest for such series and will indicate the approximate amount of our secured indebtedness as of a recent date. Any unsecured indenture securities will effectively rank junior to any secured indebtedness, including any secured indenture securities, that we incur in the future to the extent of the value of the assets securing such future secured indebtedness. Our debt securities, whether secured or unsecured, will rank structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness (including trade payables) incurred by our subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities, with respect to claims on the assets of any such subsidiaries, financing vehicles, or similar facilities.

In the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up, any of our assets that secure secured debt will be available to pay obligations on unsecured debt securities only after all indebtedness under such secured debt has been repaid in full from such assets. We advise you that there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all unsecured debt securities then outstanding after fulfillment of this obligation. As a result, the holders of unsecured indenture securities may recover less, ratably, than holders of any of our secured indebtedness.

The Trustee under the Indenture

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, will serve as the trustee under the indenture.

Certain Considerations Relating To Foreign Currencies

Debt securities denominated or payable in foreign currencies may entail significant risks. These risks include the possibility of significant fluctuations in the foreign currency markets, the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved and will be more fully described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Book-Entry Debt Securities

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, the debt securities will be issued in book-entry form, and the Depository Trust Company, or DTC, will act as securities depository for the debt securities. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, the debt securities will be issued as fully registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One fully registered certificate will be issued for the debt securities, in the aggregate principal amount of such issue, and will be deposited with DTC. If, however, the aggregate principal amount of any issue exceeds $500 million, one certificate will be issued with respect to each $500 million of principal amount, and an additional certificate will be issued with respect to any remaining principal amount of such issue.

DTC has advised us that it is:

•

a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

•

a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;

•

a member of the Federal Reserve System;

•

a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

•

a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC’s participants, or Direct Participants, include securities brokers and dealers, including the underwriters; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.

DTC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation, or DTCC. DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly, or Indirect Participants. The DTC Rules applicable to its Participants are on file with the SEC.

Purchases of debt securities under the DTC system must be made by or through Direct Participants, which will receive a credit for the debt securities on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each security, or Beneficial Owner, is in turn to be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records. Beneficial Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase. Beneficial Owners are, however, expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the Direct or Indirect Participant through which the Beneficial Owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the debt securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in debt securities, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for the debt securities is discontinued.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all debt securities deposited by Direct Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co. or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of debt securities with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Beneficial Owners of the debt securities; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the Direct Participants to whose accounts such debt securities are credited, which may or may not be the Beneficial Owners. The Direct and Indirect Participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

Redemption notices shall be sent to DTC. If less than all of the debt securities within an issue are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct Participant in such issue to be redeemed.

Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (nor any other DTC nominee) will consent or vote with respect to the debt securities unless authorized by a Direct Participant in accordance with DTC’s Procedures. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an Omnibus Proxy to us as soon as possible after the record date. The Omnibus Proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those Direct Participants to whose accounts the debt securities are credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached to the Omnibus Proxy).

Redemption proceeds, distributions, and interest payments on the debt securities will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit Direct Participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us or the trustee on the payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE RESALE

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us (which requires that we are current in our periodic reports under the 1934 Act).

Transfer Restrictions

Pursuant to the terms of our Charter, following the Listing Date, without the prior written consent of the Board, a shareholder who purchased shares prior the Listing Date is not permitted to transfer (whether by sale, gift, merger, by operation of law or otherwise), exchange, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber (collectively, “Transfer”) (i) any shares of our common stock held by such shareholder prior to the Listing Date for 180 days following the Listing Date; (ii) two-thirds of the shares of our common stock held by such shareholder prior to the Listing Date for 270 days following the Listing Date; and (iii) one-third of the shares of our common stock held by such shareholder prior to the Listing Date for 365 days following the Listing Date. This means that, as a result of these transfer restrictions, without the consent of the Board, a shareholder who owned 99 shares of common stock on the Listing Date could only sell up to 66 of such shares currently, and 366 days following the Listing Date, such shareholder could sell all of such shares. In addition, the Adviser, our directors and Mr. Lipschultz have agreed for a period of 540 days after the Listing Date (i) not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act) relating to, any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock or (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition (whether by the undersigned or someone other than the undersigned), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of our common stock or any such other securities whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REGULATION

The information in the section entitled “BUSINESS — Regulation as a Business Development Company” in Part I, Item 1 of our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities and loan documents are held by State Street Bank and Trust Company pursuant to a custodian agreement, and who will also serve as our transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of State Street Bank and Trust Company is State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111-2900.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we will acquire and dispose of many of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, many of the transactions that we engage in will not require the use of brokers or the payment of brokerage commissions. Subject to policies established by our Board, the Adviser will be primarily responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to execute transactions with respect to the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. The Adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer but will seek to obtain the best net results for us under the circumstances, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. The Adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs but will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements and consistent with Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the Adviser may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to the Adviser and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may sell the securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers, including existing shareholders in a rights offering, through agents designated from time to time by us or through a combination of any such methods of sale. Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of the securities will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. A prospectus supplement or supplements will also describe the terms of the offering of the securities, including: the purchase price of the securities and the proceeds we will receive from the sale; any options under which underwriters may purchase additional securities from us; any agency fees or underwriting discounts and other items constituting agents’ or underwriters’ compensation; the public offering price; any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to dealers; any securities exchange or market on which the securities may be listed; and, in the case of a rights offering, the number of shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of each right. Only underwriters named in the prospectus supplement will be underwriters of the securities offered by the prospectus supplement.

The distribution of the securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, provided, however, that the offering price per share of any common stock offered by us, less any underwriting commissions or discounts, must equal or exceed the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time of the offering except (a) in connection with a rights offering to our existing shareholders, (b) with the consent of the majority of our outstanding voting securities or (c) under such circumstances as the SEC may permit. The price at which securities may be distributed may represent a discount from prevailing market prices.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In connection with the sale of the securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us, or from purchasers of the securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters may sell the securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. The maximum aggregate commission or discount to be received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, or independent broker-dealer will not be greater than 8% of the gross proceeds of the sale of securities offered pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement. We may also reimburse the underwriter or agent for certain fees and legal expenses incurred by it.

Any underwriter may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, short-covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which create a short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum price. Syndicate-covering or other short-covering transactions involve purchases of the securities, either through exercise of the option to purchase additional shares from us or in the open market after the distribution is completed, to cover short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a dealer when the securities originally sold by the dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or covering transaction to cover short positions. Those activities may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue any of the activities at any time.

We may sell securities directly or through agents we designate from time to time. We will name any agent involved in the offering and sale of securities and we will describe any commissions we will pay the agent in the prospectus supplement. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, the agent will act on a best-efforts basis for the period of its appointment.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, each class or series of securities will be a new issue with no trading market, other than our common stock, which is traded on the NYSE. We may elect to list any other class or series of securities on any exchanges, but we are not obligated to do so. We cannot guarantee the liquidity of the trading markets for any securities.

Under agreements that we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of the securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribution with respect to payments that the agents or underwriters may make with respect to these liabilities. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the ordinary course of business.

If so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contracts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of the securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.

We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may

TABLE OF CONTENTS

use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, the securities offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the securities offered hereby and certain legal matters for us in connection with the offering will be passed upon for us by Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP. Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP also represents the Adviser.

Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters, if any, by the counsel named in the prospectus supplement.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The consolidated financial statements and the Senior Securities table incorporated by reference under the heading “Senior Securities” for Owl Rock Capital Corporation and subsidiaries have been incorporated by reference herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference herein, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the securities being offered by this prospectus.

We also file with or submit to the SEC periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the 1934 Act.

We furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements, quarterly reports, and such other periodic reports as we determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law.

We make available on our website (www.owlrockcapitalcorporation.com) our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our current reports on Form 8-K. The SEC also maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains such information. The reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only and the information contained on our website is not a part of this registration statement.

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the SEC. Pursuant to the SBCAA, we are allowed to “incorporate by reference” the information that we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to such information incorporated by reference. The information incorporated by reference is considered to comprise a part of this prospectus from the date we file any such document. Any reports filed by us with the SEC subsequent to the date of this prospectus and before the date that any offering of any securities by means of this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement is terminated will automatically update and, where applicable, supersede any information contained in this prospectus or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

We incorporate by reference into this prospectus our filings listed below and any future filings that we may file with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, subsequent to the date of this prospectus until all of the securities offered by this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement have been sold or we otherwise terminate the offering of those securities; provided, however, that information “furnished” under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of Form 8-K or other information “furnished”

	SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE					95
	REGULATION					96
	CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR					96
	BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES					96
	PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION					96
	LEGAL MATTERS					98
	INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM					98
	AVAILABLE INFORMATION					98
	INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE					98